]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
man: add example with one-liner for ssh provisioning via tmpfiles.d + Creds
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 252 in spe:
4
5 Announcement of Future Feature Removal:
6
7 * Please note that we intend to remove cgroupsv1 support from systemd
8 release after EOY 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
9 cgroupsv1 features, please implement compatibility with cgroupsv2
10 sooner rather than later, if you haven't done so yet. Most of Linux
11 userspace has been ported over already.
12
13 Compatibility Breaks:
14
15 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the = or != operator will now
16 do simple string compares (as opposed to version compare – á la
17 stverscmp() — as before, which is still done for the ordering
18 operators <, >, <=, >=). Moreover, if no operator is specified a
19 shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
20 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions, in case the *, ?,
21 [, ], characters have been used in such condition expressions before,
22 as these will now match per shell glob rules instead of
23 literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do not include
24 these characters we expect little breakage through this change.
25
26 New Features:
27
28 * systemd-measure is a new helper to precalculate PCR measurements
29 to make it easier to set TPM2 policies.
30
31 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager, and units
32
33 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units, and CPUWeight=
34 settings are applied to the top-level user slice units (app.slice,
35 background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree of resource
36 isolation between different user services competing for the CPU.
37
38 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
39 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
40 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset=. Right now it defaults
41 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
42 release.
43
44 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
45 the os image is past its end-of-support date.
46
47 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can
48 be used to skip or fail units if a certain credential is not provided.
49
50 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes.
51
52 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf
53 to specify the smack label to use when not specified in a unit file.
54
55 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used system.conf and user.conf
56 to specify the default timeout for devices.
57
58 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been configured.
59
60 * Extend [Condition|Assert]Firmware= to conditionalize on certain SMBIOS
61 fields. For example
62 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board") will
63 conditionalize a unit so that it is only run when
64 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without quotes).
65
66 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
67
68 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
69 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
70 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
71 the main specification.
72
73 * New PCRs measurements are set during boot: PCR 11 for the the
74 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images.
75
76 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the random seed,
77 providing some additional entropy.
78
79 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
80 is now supported.
81
82 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: '--all-architectures' to
83 install binaries for all supported EFI architectures, '--root=' and
84 '--image=' options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
85 '--install-source=' to specify the source for binaries to install.
86
87 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
88 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
89
90 Changes in the hardware database:
91
92 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the '--root' option.
93
94 Changes in systemctl:
95
96 * systemctl now supports '--state' and '--type' options for the 'show'
97 and 'status' verbs.
98
99 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
100 points.
101
102 Changes in systemd-networkd:
103
104 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
105 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
106
107 * networkd gained new options NFTSet=, IPv4NFTSet=, IPv6NFTSet= that
108 take names of nft sets as arguments. It will automatically add rules
109 for the subnets configured for an interface to those sets.
110
111 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
112 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
113
114 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
115
116 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
117
118 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
119
120 * libsystemd now exports the sd-netlink interface that provides
121 functions to send/receive/parse netlink and rtnl messages.
122
123 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv (a convenience function for
124 setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience function
125 for identifier comparisons), sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend (a
126 function to incrementally read string arrays).
127
128 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
129 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
130 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
131
132 Changes in other components:
133
134 * sysusers and tmpfiles configuration can now be provided via the
135 credential mechanism.
136
137 * tmpfiles can read file contents to write from a credential (and a new
138 modifier char '^' to specify that the argument is a credential name).
139 This mechanism is used to automatically populate /etc/motd, /etc/issue,
140 and /etc/hosts from credentials.
141
142 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
143 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
144 'dpkg --compare-versions').
145
146 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
147 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '_user_tmpfilesdir'.
148
149 * Detection of Parallels and KubeVirt virtualization has been improved.
150
151 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
152 user when their system will become unsupported.
153
154 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
155 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation, and
156 will hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
157 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
158
159 * systemd-sysctl gained a '--strict' option to fail when a sysctl
160 setting is unknown to the kernel.
161
162 * machinectl supports '--force' for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
163 verbs.
164
165 * openssl is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
166 is still supported.)
167
168 Experimental features:
169
170 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc.
171
172 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
173 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
174 controlled by the user ('manual' mode).
175
176 – Somewhere, sometime
177
178
179 CHANGES WITH 251:
180
181 Backwards-incompatible changes:
182
183 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
184 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
185
186 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
187 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
188
189 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
190 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
191 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
192 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
193 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
194 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
195
196 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
197 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
198 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
199
200 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
201 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
202 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
203 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
204 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
205 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
206 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
207
208 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
209 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
210 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
211 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
212 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
213 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
214 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
215 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
216 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
217 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
218 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
219 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
220 systems, there should be no visible changes.
221
222 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
223 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
224 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
225 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
226 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
227 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
228 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
229 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
230 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
231 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
232 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
233 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
234
235 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
236 of pcap.
237
238 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
239 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
240 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
241 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
242
243 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
244
245 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
246 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
247 It is apparently used by the linker now.
248
249 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
250 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
251 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
252
253 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
254 to account for this change.
255
256 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
257 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
258 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
259
260 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
261
262 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
263 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
264 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
265 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
266 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
267 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
268 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
269 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
270 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
271 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
272 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
273 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
274 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
275 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
276 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
277 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
278
279 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
280 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
281 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
282 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
283 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
284
285 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
286 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
287 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
288 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
289 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
290 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
291
292 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
293 systemd-boot boot loader.
294
295 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
296 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
297 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
298 allows choosing different initrd generators.
299
300 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
301 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
302 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
303 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
304 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
305 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
306 prepared successfully.
307
308 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
309 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
310 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
311 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
312 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
313 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
314
315 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
316 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
317 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
318 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
319
320 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
321 paths and other settings used.
322
323 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
324 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
325 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
326
327 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
328 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
329 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
330 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
331 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
332
333 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
334 menu entries in JSON format.
335
336 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
337 omit output with the new option --quiet.
338
339 Changes in systemd-homed:
340
341 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
342 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
343 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
344 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
345 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
346 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
347 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
348 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
349 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
350 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
351 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
352 uses, see:
353
354 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
355
356 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
357 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
358 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
359 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
360 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
361 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
362 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
363 context of the local system.
364
365 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
366 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
367 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
368 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
369 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
370 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
371 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
372 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
373 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
374
375 Changes in shared libraries:
376
377 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
378 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
379 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
380 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
381
382 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
383 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
384 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
385 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
386 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
387 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
388 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
389 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
390 the library.
391
392 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
393 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
394 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
395
396 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
397 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
398 object from a device node name or file system path.
399
400 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
401 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
402 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
403 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
404 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
405 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
406 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
407 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
408
409 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
410
411 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
412 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
413 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
414 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
415 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
416 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
417
418 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
419 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
420 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
421 disk image files.)
422
423 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
424
425 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
426 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
427 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
428 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
429 manager.
430
431 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
432
433 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
434 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
435 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
436
437 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
438 systemd-oomd.
439
440 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
441 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
442 unit files.
443
444 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
445 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
446
447 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
448 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
449
450 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
451 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
452 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
453 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
454 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
455 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
456 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
457 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
458
459 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
460 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
461 Condition*= settings.
462
463 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
464 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
465
466 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
467 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
468 assign to each cgroup.
469
470 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
471 devices and the associated governor, via the new
472 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
473 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
474
475 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
476 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
477
478 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
479 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
480 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
481
482 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
483 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
484 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
485 range
486
487 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
488 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
489 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
490 been completed.
491
492 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
493 environment variables set describing the execution context a
494 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
495 system service manager, or from the per-user service
496 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
497 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
498 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
499 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
500 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
501 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
502 kernel is built for.
503
504 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
505 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
506 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
507 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
508 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
509 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
510 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
511 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
512 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
513 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
514 this way can be turned off via the new
515 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
516
517 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
518 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
519 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
520 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
521 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
522 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
523 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
524 up automatically.
525
526 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
527 document:
528
529 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
530
531 Changes in systemd-journald:
532
533 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
534 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
535
536 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
537
538 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
539 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
540
541 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
542 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
543
544 Changes in udev:
545
546 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
547 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
548 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
549 default.
550
551 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
552 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
553
554 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
555 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
556
557 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
558 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
559 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
560 initialized yet, respectively.
561
562 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
563 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
564 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
565 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
566 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
567
568 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
569 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
570 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
571 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
572
573 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
574 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
575
576 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
577 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
578
579 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
580 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
581 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
582 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
583 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
584 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
585 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
586 the one in the symlink path.
587
588 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
589
590 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
591 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
592 only supported in .network files.
593
594 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
595 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
596
597 Changes in systemd-networkd:
598
599 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
600 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
601 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
602 still honored.
603
604 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
605 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
606 up.
607
608 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
609 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
610
611 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
612 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
613
614 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
615 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
616
617 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
618
619 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
620 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
621 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
622 address.
623
624 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
625 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
626 mode).
627
628 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
629 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
630
631 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
632 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
633 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
634 PXE boot).
635
636 Changes in systemd-resolved:
637
638 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
639 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
640 there.
641
642 Changes in disk encryption:
643
644 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
645 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
646 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
647
648 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
649
650 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
651 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
652 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
653
654 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
655 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
656 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
657
658 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
659
660 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
661 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
662
663 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
664 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
665 hostnamed.
666
667 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
668 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
669 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
670 firmware version of the system.
671
672 Changes in other components:
673
674 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
675 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
676 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
677 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
678 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
679
680 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
681 list of known users.
682
683 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
684 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
685 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
686
687 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
688 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
689
690 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
691 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
692 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
693 a device found.
694
695 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
696 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
697 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
698 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
699 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
700 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
701 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
702
703 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
704 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
705 $TERM).
706
707 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
708 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
709 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
710 $ meson build systemd-boot
711 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
712 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
713
714 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
715 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
716 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
717 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
718 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
719
720 Experimental features:
721
722 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
723 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
724 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
725 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
726 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
727 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
728 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
729 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
730 compatibility with the current implementation.
731
732 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
733 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
734 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
735 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
736
737 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
738 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
739 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
740 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
741 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
742 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
743 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
744 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
745 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
746 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
747 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
748 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
749 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
750 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
751 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
752 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
753 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
754 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
755 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
756 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
757 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
758 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
759 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
760 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
761 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
762 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
763 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
764 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
765 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
766 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
767 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
768 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
769 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
770 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
771 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
772 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
773 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
774
775 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
776
777 CHANGES WITH 250:
778
779 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
780 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
781 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
782 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
783 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
784 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
785 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
786 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
787 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
788 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
789 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
790
791 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
792 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
793 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
794 installation or hardware.
795
796 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
797 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
798
799 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
800 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
801 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
802 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
803 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
804 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
805 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
806
807 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
808 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
809 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
810 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
811 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
812 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
813 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
814 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
815 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
816 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
817 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
818 drop-in file mechanism).
819
820 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
821 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
822 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
823 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
824 service, or attached as system extension.
825
826 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
827 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
828 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
829 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
830 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
831
832 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
833 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
834 are supported.
835
836 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
837 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
838 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
839 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
840 systemd-binfmtd is running.
841
842 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
843 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
844 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
845 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
846 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
847 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
848 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
849 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
850 does not trigger any operation by default.
851
852 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
853 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
854 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
855 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
856 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
857 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
858 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
859 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
860
861 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
862 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
863 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
864 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
865 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
866
867 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
868 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
869 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
870 request this behavior.
871
872 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
873 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
874 time-out for the boot.
875
876 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
877 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
878 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
879 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
880 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
881 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
882 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
883 system services or the managers themselves.
884
885 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
886 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
887 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
888 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
889 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
890 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
891 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
892 group handles).
893
894 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
895 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
896
897 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
898 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
899 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
900 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
901 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
902 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
903 vs. CPUWeight.
904
905 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
906 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
907 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
908 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
909 during boot and shutdown.
910
911 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
912 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
913 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
914 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
915 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
916 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
917
918 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
919 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
920
921 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
922 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
923
924 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
925 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
926
927 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
928 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
929 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
930 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
931 variable passed to invoked processes.
932
933 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
934 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
935 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
936
937 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
938 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
939 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
940 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
941 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
942 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
943 names.
944
945 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
946 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
947 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
948 dimensions to a virtual machine.
949
950 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
951 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
952 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
953 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
954 cgroup instead.
955
956 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
957 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
958 mounting the autofs instance.
959
960 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
961 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
962 during build-time.
963
964 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
965 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
966 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
967 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
968 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
969 socket units.
970
971 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
972 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
973 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
974
975 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
976 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
977 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
978 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
979 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
980 trust as SHA256 banks.
981
982 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
983 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
984 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
985 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
986
987 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
988 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
989 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
990 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
991 instead.
992
993 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
994 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
995 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
996 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
997
998 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
999 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
1000 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
1001 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
1002 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
1003 root partition.
1004
1005 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
1006 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
1007 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
1008 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
1009 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
1010 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
1011
1012 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
1013 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
1014 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
1015 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
1016 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
1017
1018 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
1019 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
1020
1021 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
1022 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
1023
1024 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
1025 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
1026 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
1027 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
1028 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
1029 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
1030 and how to trigger it.
1031
1032 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
1033 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
1034 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
1035 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
1036 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
1037 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
1038 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
1039 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
1040 batteries.
1041
1042 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
1043 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
1044 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
1045 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
1046 against abnormal system shutdown.
1047
1048 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
1049 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
1050 directory/image instead of on the host.
1051
1052 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
1053 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
1054 actually is.
1055
1056 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
1057 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
1058 or recursively any dependent units.
1059
1060 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
1061 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
1062 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
1063 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
1064 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
1065 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
1066 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
1067 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
1068 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
1069 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
1070 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
1071
1072 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
1073
1074 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
1075 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
1076 "filesystems" commands.
1077
1078 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
1079 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
1080 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
1081 through them.
1082
1083 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
1084 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
1085 including the build-id and other info described on:
1086 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
1087
1088 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
1089 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
1090 interfaces.
1091
1092 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
1093 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
1094
1095 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
1096 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
1097 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
1098 CAN timing quanta.
1099
1100 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
1101 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
1102 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
1103 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
1104 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
1105 CAN interface.
1106
1107 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
1108 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
1109 addresses.
1110
1111 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
1112 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
1113 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
1114
1115 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
1116 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
1117 DHCP 6RD option.
1118
1119 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
1120 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
1121 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
1122
1123 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
1124 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
1125
1126 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
1127 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
1128 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
1129
1130 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
1131 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
1132 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
1133 records.
1134
1135 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
1136 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
1137 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
1138 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
1139 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
1140
1141 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
1142 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
1143 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
1144 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
1145 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
1146 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
1147 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
1148 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
1149
1150 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
1151 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
1152
1153 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
1154 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
1155 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
1156
1157 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
1158 setting to specify the router address.
1159
1160 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
1161 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
1162 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
1163 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
1164
1165 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
1166 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
1167 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
1168 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
1169 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
1170
1171 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
1172 interfaces has been improved.
1173
1174 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1175 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1176 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1177 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1178
1179 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1180 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1181 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1182
1183 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1184 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1185 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1186
1187 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1188 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1189 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1190 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1191
1192 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1193 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1194 hardware supports.
1195
1196 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1197 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1198
1199 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1200 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1201 that supports this.
1202
1203 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1204 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1205 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1206 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1207 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1208 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1209 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1210
1211 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1212 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1213 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1214 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1215 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1216 the performance win is beneficial.
1217
1218 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1219 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1220
1221 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1222 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1223 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1224 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1225 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1226 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1227 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1228 taken to shift them manually.
1229
1230 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1231 show the Windows version.
1232
1233 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1234 build-time.
1235
1236 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1237 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1238 resolutions and save the last selection.
1239
1240 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1241 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1242 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1243 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1244
1245 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1246 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1247 items).
1248
1249 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1250 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1251 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1252 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1253 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1254
1255 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1256 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1257 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1258
1259 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1260 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1261 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1262 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1263 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1264
1265 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1266 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1267 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1268 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1269 kernel image.
1270
1271 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1272 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1273
1274 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1275 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1276 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1277 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1278 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1279 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1280 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1281 credentials, see above).
1282
1283 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1284 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1285 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1286
1287 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1288 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1289 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1290 Specification Type #2.
1291
1292 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1293 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1294 non-x86 architectures.
1295
1296 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1297 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1298 or just the subsequent boot).
1299
1300 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1301 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1302 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1303 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1304 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1305 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1306 layout specified in
1307 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1308 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1309 values for this variable.
1310
1311 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1312 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1313 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1314 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1315 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1316 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1317 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1318 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1319 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1320 machine-id.
1321
1322 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1323 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1324 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1325 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1326 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1327 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1328 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1329 without conflict.
1330
1331 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1332 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1333 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1334 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1335 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1336 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1337 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1338 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1339 installations that use the bls layout.
1340
1341 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1342
1343 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1344 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1345 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1346 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1347 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1348 attached under a wrong name this way.
1349
1350 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1351 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1352 default 'add').
1353
1354 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1355 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1356
1357 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1358 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1359 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1360 be accessible to regular users.
1361
1362 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1363 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1364 they point (front or back).
1365
1366 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1367 added to hwdb.
1368
1369 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1370 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1371
1372 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1373 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1374 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1375 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1376 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1377 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1378
1379 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1380 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1381
1382 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1383 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1384 support).
1385
1386 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1387 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1388 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1389
1390 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1391 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1392
1393 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1394 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1395 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1396
1397 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1398 forked, sandboxed process.
1399
1400 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1401 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1402 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1403 reason it was not tried again.
1404
1405 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1406 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1407 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1408 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1409 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1410 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1411
1412 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1413 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1414 homectl switch.
1415
1416 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1417 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1418 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1419 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1420 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1421 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1422 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1423 system trees is no longer necessary.
1424
1425 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1426 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1427 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1428
1429 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1430 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1431 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1432 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1433 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1434 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1435
1436 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1437 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1438 by default.
1439
1440 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1441 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1442 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1443 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1444 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1445 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1446
1447 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1448 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1449 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1450 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1451 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1452 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1453 precisely.
1454
1455 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1456 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1457 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1458 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1459 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1460 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1461 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1462 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1463 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1464
1465 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1466 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1467 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1468 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1469 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1470 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1471 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1472 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1473 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1474 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1475 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1476 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1477
1478 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1479 to use when outputting user or group records.
1480
1481 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1482 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1483 record resolution logic.
1484
1485 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1486 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1487 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1488 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1489 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1490 other also configured in the command line.
1491
1492 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1493 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1494 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1495 watch.
1496
1497 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1498 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1499 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1500 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1501
1502 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1503 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1504
1505 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1506
1507 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1508 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1509
1510 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1511 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1512 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1513 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1514 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1515 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1516 shutdown.
1517
1518 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1519 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1520 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1521 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1522 environments.
1523
1524 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1525 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1526 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1527 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1528 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1529 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1530 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1531 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1532 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1533 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1534 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1535
1536 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1537 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
1538 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
1539 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
1540
1541 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
1542 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
1543
1544 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
1545
1546 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
1547 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
1548 appropriate primary group.
1549
1550 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
1551
1552 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
1553
1554 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
1555 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
1556 work.
1557
1558 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
1559 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
1560
1561 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
1562 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
1563
1564 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
1565 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
1566
1567 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
1568 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
1569 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
1570 that have compression enabled.
1571
1572 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
1573 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
1574 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
1575 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
1576
1577 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
1578 messages.
1579
1580 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
1581 corruption.
1582
1583 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
1584 scheduled shutdown.
1585
1586 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
1587 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
1588 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
1589 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
1590
1591 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
1592 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
1593 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
1594 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
1595 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
1596 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1597 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
1598 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
1599 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
1600 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
1601 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
1602 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
1603 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
1604 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
1605 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
1606 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
1607 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
1608 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
1609 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
1610 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
1611 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
1612 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
1613 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
1614 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
1615 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
1616 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
1617 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
1618 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
1619 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
1620 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
1621 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
1622 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
1623 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
1624 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
1625 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
1626 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
1627 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
1628 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
1629 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
1630 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
1631 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
1632 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
1633 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
1634 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
1635 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1636 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1637
1638 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
1639
1640 CHANGES WITH 249:
1641
1642 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
1643 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
1644 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
1645 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
1646 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
1647 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
1648 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
1649 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
1650 a matching version identifier.
1651
1652 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
1653 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
1654 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
1655 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
1656 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
1657 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
1658 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
1659 during first boot. Example:
1660
1661 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
1662
1663 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
1664 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
1665 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
1666 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
1667 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
1668
1669 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
1670 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
1671 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
1672 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
1673 /etc/).
1674
1675 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
1676 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
1677 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
1678 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
1679
1680 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
1681 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
1682 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
1683 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
1684 systemd-sysusers tools.
1685
1686 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
1687 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
1688 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
1689 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
1690 itself.
1691
1692 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1693 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
1694 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
1695 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
1696 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
1697 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
1698 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
1699 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
1700 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
1701 immediately, even in read-only mode.
1702
1703 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
1704 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
1705 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
1706 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
1707 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
1708
1709 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1710 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
1711 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
1712 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
1713 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
1714
1715 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
1716 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
1717 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
1718 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
1719 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
1720 specifiers.
1721
1722 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
1723 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
1724 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
1725 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
1726
1727 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
1728 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
1729 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
1730 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
1731 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
1732 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
1733 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
1734 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
1735 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
1736 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
1737 information, see:
1738
1739 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
1740
1741 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
1742 (IEEE 1394).
1743
1744 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
1745 backwards-incompatible changes:
1746
1747 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
1748 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
1749 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
1750 number.
1751
1752 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
1753 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
1754 where values up to 65535 are used.
1755
1756 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
1757
1758 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
1759 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
1760 command line parameter.
1761
1762 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
1763 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
1764 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
1765
1766 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
1767 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
1768 the udev device first appeared in the database.
1769
1770 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
1771 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
1772 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
1773 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1774 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1775 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1776 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1777 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1778 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1779 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1780 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1781 uevent.
1782
1783 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1784 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1785 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1786 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1787 index.
1788
1789 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1790 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1791 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1792 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1793 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1794 for that official:
1795
1796 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1797
1798 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1799 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1800 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1801 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1802 services into them.
1803
1804 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1805 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1806 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1807 available on private domains.
1808
1809 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1810
1811 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1812 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1813 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1814
1815 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1816 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1817 connectivity.
1818
1819 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1820 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1821 consider an interface "online".
1822
1823 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1824 information.
1825
1826 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1827 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1828
1829 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1830 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1831
1832 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1833 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1834 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1835 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1836
1837 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1838 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1839 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1840 before.
1841
1842 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1843 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1844 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1845 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1846
1847 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1848 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1849 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1850
1851 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1852 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1853 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1854 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1855 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1856 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1857 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1858
1859 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1860 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1861 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1862 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1863 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1864 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1865 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1866 compatibility.)
1867
1868 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1869 files.
1870
1871 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1872 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1873 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1874 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1875
1876 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1877 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1878 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1879 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1880 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1881 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1882
1883 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1884 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1885 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1886 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1887 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1888 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1889 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1890 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1891 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1892 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1893 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1894 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1895 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1896 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1897 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1898
1899 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1900
1901 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1902 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1903 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1904 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1905 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1906 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1907 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1908
1909 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1910 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1911 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1912 via BPF.
1913
1914 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1915 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1916 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1917 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1918
1919 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1920 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1921 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1922 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1923 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1924 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1925
1926 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1927 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1928 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1929 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1930 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1931 program code that can consume JSON.
1932
1933 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1934 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1935
1936 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1937 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1938 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1939 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1940 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1941 continue to be supported for compatibility.
1942
1943 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1944 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1945
1946 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1947 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1948 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1949 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1950 level.
1951
1952 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1953 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1954 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1955 Type 1 boot loader entries.
1956
1957 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1958 may be specified now.
1959
1960 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1961 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1962 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1963 an interactive user is generally not present.
1964
1965 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1966 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1967 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1968 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1969 asterisks.)
1970
1971 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1972 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1973 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1974 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1975 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1976 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1977 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1978 used FIDO2 token.
1979
1980 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1981 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1982 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1983 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1984 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1985 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1986 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1987
1988 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1989 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1990 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1991 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1992 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1993 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1994 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1995 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
1996 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
1997 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
1998 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
1999 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
2000 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
2001 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
2002 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
2003 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
2004 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
2005 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
2006 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
2007 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
2008 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
2009 privileges on the host).
2010
2011 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
2012 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
2013 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
2014
2015 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
2016 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
2017 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
2018 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
2019 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
2020 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
2021 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
2022 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
2023 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
2024
2025 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
2026 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
2027 user database lookups.
2028
2029 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
2030 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
2031 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
2032 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
2033 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
2034 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
2035 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
2036 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
2037 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
2038 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
2039 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
2040 is trivially simple.
2041
2042 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
2043 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
2044 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
2045 Journal records.
2046
2047 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
2048 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
2049 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
2050 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
2051 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
2052 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
2053 units that are members of a slice.
2054
2055 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
2056 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
2057 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
2058 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
2059
2060 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
2061 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
2062 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
2063 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
2064 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
2065 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
2066
2067 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
2068 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
2069 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
2070 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
2071 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
2072 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
2073 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
2074 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
2075 another unit that intends to uphold it.
2076
2077 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
2078 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
2079
2080 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
2081 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
2082 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
2083
2084 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
2085 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
2086 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
2087 characters literally.
2088
2089 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
2090 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
2091 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
2092 switch.
2093
2094 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
2095 the systemd source code tree:
2096
2097 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
2098
2099 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
2100 the initrd.
2101
2102 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
2103 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
2104 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
2105
2106 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
2107 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
2108 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
2109 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
2110
2111 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
2112 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
2113 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
2114 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
2115 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
2116 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
2117 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
2118 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
2119
2120 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
2121 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
2122
2123 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
2124 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
2125 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
2126 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
2127
2128 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
2129 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
2130 generation.
2131
2132 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
2133 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
2134 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
2135
2136 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
2137 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
2138
2139 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
2140 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
2141 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
2142
2143 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
2144 setting a network timeout time.
2145
2146 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
2147 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
2148 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
2149
2150 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
2151 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
2152 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
2153 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
2154 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
2155 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
2156 that.
2157
2158 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
2159 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
2160 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
2161 events in a short time window.
2162
2163 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2164 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
2165 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
2166 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
2167 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
2168 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
2169 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
2170 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
2171 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
2172 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
2173 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
2174 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2175 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2176 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2177 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2178 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2179 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2180 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2181 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2182 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2183 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2184 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2185 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2186 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2187 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2188 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2189 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2190 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2191 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2192 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2193 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2194
2195 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2196
2197 CHANGES WITH 248:
2198
2199 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2200 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2201 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2202 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2203 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2204 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2205
2206 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2207 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2208 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2209
2210 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2211 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2212 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2213
2214 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2215 supported system extension level.
2216
2217 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2218 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2219 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2220 constraints.
2221
2222 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2223 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2224 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2225
2226 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2227 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2228 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2229 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2230
2231 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2232 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2233
2234 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2235 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2236 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2237 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2238 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2239
2240 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2241 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2242 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2243 user.
2244
2245 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2246 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2247 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2248 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2249 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2250 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2251 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2252 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2253
2254 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2255 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2256 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2257 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2258 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2259
2260 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2261 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2262 D-Bus properties.
2263
2264 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2265 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2266 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2267 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2268 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2269 shows this in the status output.
2270
2271 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2272 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2273 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2274 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2275 the need for configuration in an external file.
2276
2277 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2278 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2279 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2280
2281 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2282 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2283 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2284
2285 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2286 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2287 them. See:
2288
2289 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2290
2291 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2292
2293 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2294 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2295 dependency.
2296
2297 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2298 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2299 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2300
2301 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2302 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2303 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2304 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2305 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2306 output and such.
2307
2308 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2309 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2310
2311 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2312 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2313
2314 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2315 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2316 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2317 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2318
2319 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2320 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2321 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2322 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2323
2324 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2325 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2326 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2327
2328 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2329 IPC namespace.
2330
2331 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2332 generated from kernel lists exported on
2333 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2334
2335 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2336 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2337 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2338
2339 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2340 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2341 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2342 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2343
2344 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2345 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2346 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2347
2348 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2349 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2350 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2351 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2352
2353 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2354 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2355
2356 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2357 noexec for parts of the file system.
2358
2359 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2360 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2361 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2362 systemctl and similar tools:
2363
2364 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2365
2366 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2367 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2368 the host itself is connected to
2369
2370 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2371
2372 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2373 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2374 parameter: the message to send.
2375
2376 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2377 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2378 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2379
2380 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2381 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2382
2383 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2384 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2385
2386 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2387 queue to be configured.
2388
2389 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2390 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2391 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2392
2393 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2394 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2395 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2396 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2397 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2398 .network files.
2399
2400 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2401 switch to select the routing policy table.
2402
2403 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2404 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2405
2406 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2407 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2408 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2409 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2410 added.
2411
2412 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2413 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2414
2415 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2416 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2417
2418 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2419 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2420 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2421 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2422
2423 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2424 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2425 devices.
2426
2427 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2428 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2429 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2430
2431 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2432 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2433 even a single device.
2434
2435 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2436 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2437 systems.
2438
2439 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2440 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2441
2442 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2443 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2444 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2445 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2446 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2447
2448 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2449 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2450
2451 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2452 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2453 libfprint.
2454
2455 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2456 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2457 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2458 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2459 the upstream server.
2460
2461 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2462 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2463 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2464 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2465 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2466 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2467 anyway.
2468
2469 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2470 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2471 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2472
2473 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2474 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2475 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2476 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2477 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2478 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2479 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2480 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2481 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2482 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2483 lookup.
2484
2485 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2486 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2487 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2488
2489 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2490 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2491 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2492 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2493 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2494 IPv4-only).
2495
2496 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2497 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2498 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2499
2500 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2501 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2502
2503 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2504 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2505 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2506 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2507 units.
2508
2509 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2510 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
2511 operation, but it is still recommended.
2512
2513 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2514 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2515
2516 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2517 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2518
2519 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2520 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2521 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2522
2523 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2524 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2525 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2526
2527 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2528 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2529 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2530 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2531 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2532 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2533 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2534 imported into the manager environment block.
2535
2536 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2537 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
2538 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
2539
2540 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
2541 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
2542 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
2543 reloaded "↻".
2544
2545 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
2546 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
2547 a simple JSON format.
2548
2549 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
2550 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
2551 process signals and their numbers.
2552
2553 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
2554
2555 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
2556 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
2557
2558 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
2559 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
2560 colors are used in output.
2561
2562 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
2563 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
2564 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
2565 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
2566 disable this output again.
2567
2568 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
2569 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
2570 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
2571 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
2572
2573 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
2574 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
2575 recommended.
2576
2577 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
2578 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
2579 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
2580 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
2581 the keymap file first.
2582
2583 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
2584
2585 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
2586 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
2587 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
2588
2589 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
2590 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
2591 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
2592 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
2593
2594 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
2595 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
2596 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
2597 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
2598 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
2599 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
2600
2601 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
2602 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
2603 headers/legends.
2604
2605 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
2606 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
2607 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
2608 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
2609 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
2610 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
2611 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
2612 operations at a later step at once.
2613
2614 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
2615 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
2616 to regular strings.
2617
2618 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
2619 and measured the boot process into it.
2620
2621 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
2622 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
2623 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
2624 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
2625
2626 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
2627 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
2628 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
2629 it assigns the container a cgroup.
2630
2631 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
2632 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
2633
2634 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
2635 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
2636
2637 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
2638 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
2639 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
2640 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
2641 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
2642 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
2643 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
2644 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
2645 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
2646 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
2647 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
2648 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
2649 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
2650 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
2651 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
2652 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
2653 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
2654 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
2655 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
2656 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
2657 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
2658 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
2659 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
2660 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
2661 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
2662 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
2663 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
2664 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
2665 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
2666 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
2667 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
2668 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
2669 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
2670 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
2671 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
2672 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2673 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2674
2675 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
2676
2677 CHANGES WITH 247:
2678
2679 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
2680 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
2681 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
2682 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
2683 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
2684 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
2685 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
2686 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
2687 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
2688 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
2689 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
2690 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
2691 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
2692 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
2693 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
2694
2695 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
2696 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
2697 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
2698 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
2699 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
2700 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
2701 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
2702 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
2703 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
2704 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
2705 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
2706 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
2707 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
2708 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
2709 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
2710
2711 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
2712 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
2713 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
2714 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
2715 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
2716 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
2717 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
2718 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
2719 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
2720 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
2721
2722 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
2723 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
2724 handle the new events. Specifically:
2725
2726 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
2727 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
2728 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
2729 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
2730 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
2731 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
2732 generated, for all other device types this change is still
2733 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
2734 future kernel uevent type additions).
2735
2736 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
2737 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
2738 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
2739 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
2740 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
2741 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
2742 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
2743 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
2744 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
2745 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
2746 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
2747 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
2748
2749 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
2750 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
2751 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
2752 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
2753 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
2754 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
2755 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
2756 above).
2757
2758 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
2759 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
2760 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
2761 behaviour change.
2762
2763 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
2764 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
2765 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
2766 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
2767 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
2768 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
2769 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
2770 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
2771 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
2772 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
2773 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2774 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2775 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2776 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2777 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2778 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2779 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2780 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2781 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2782 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2783 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2784 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2785 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2786 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2787 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2788 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2789
2790 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2791 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2792 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2793 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2794 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2795
2796 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2797 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2798 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2799 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2800 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2801 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2802 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2803 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2804 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2805 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2806 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2807 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2808 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2809
2810 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2811 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2812 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2813 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2814 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2815 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2816 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2817 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2818 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2819 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2820 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2821 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2822 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2823 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2824 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2825 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2826 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2827 they now are optional during runtime.
2828
2829 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2830 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2831 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2832 which installs absolute timers.
2833
2834 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2835 mode, which may be controlled via the new
2836 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2837 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2838 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2839 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2840 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2841 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2842 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2843 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2844
2845 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2846 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2847 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2848 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2849 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2850 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2851 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2852 dispatched).
2853
2854 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2855 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2856 the RootImage= setting.
2857
2858 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2859 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2860 to the service.
2861
2862 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2863 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2864 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2865 different for different units).
2866
2867 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2868 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2869 options.
2870
2871 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2872 --json= switch.
2873
2874 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2875 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2876 authentication request.
2877
2878 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2879 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2880 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2881 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2882 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2883 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2884 empty.
2885
2886 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2887 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2888 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2889 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2890 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2891 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2892 image to be applied onto the image.
2893
2894 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2895 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2896 in OS disk images.
2897
2898 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2899 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2900 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2901 other output modes.
2902
2903 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2904 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2905 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2906 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2907
2908 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2909 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2910 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2911 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2912 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2913 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2914 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2915 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2916 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2917 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2918
2919 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2920 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2921 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2922 recursively to whole subtrees.
2923
2924 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2925 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2926 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2927 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2928 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2929 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2930 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2931 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2932
2933 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2934 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2935 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2936 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2937 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2938 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2939 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2940 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2941 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2942 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2943 system asks for a password.
2944
2945 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2946 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2947 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2948 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2949 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2950 up.
2951
2952 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2953 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2954 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2955
2956 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2957 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2958 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2959 virtualization.
2960
2961 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2962 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2963 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2964 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2965 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2966 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2967 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2968 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2969 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2970 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2971 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2972 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2973 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2974 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2975 directories:
2976
2977 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2978
2979 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2980 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2981 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2982
2983 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2984 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2985 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2986 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2987
2988 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2989 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2990
2991 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2992 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2993 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2994 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2995 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
2996 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
2997 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
2998 applications.
2999
3000 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
3001 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
3002 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
3003 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
3004 build time.
3005
3006 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
3007 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
3008 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
3009 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
3010 system call filter policy.
3011
3012 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
3013 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
3014 filtering is turned off.
3015
3016 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
3017 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
3018 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
3019 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
3020 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
3021 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
3022 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
3023 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
3024 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
3025
3026 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
3027 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
3028 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
3029 exited.
3030
3031 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
3032 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
3033
3034 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
3035 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
3036 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
3037 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
3038 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
3039 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
3040 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
3041 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
3042 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
3043 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
3044 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
3045 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
3046 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
3047 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
3048 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
3049 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
3050 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
3051 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
3052 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
3053 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
3054 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
3055 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
3056
3057 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
3058 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
3059 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
3060 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
3061 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
3062 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
3063 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
3064 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
3065 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
3066 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
3067 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
3068 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
3069 aforementioned service settings.
3070
3071 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
3072 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
3073 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
3074 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
3075 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
3076 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
3077 and populated — there is no time window where they are
3078 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
3079 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
3080 will start from the beginning.
3081
3082 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
3083 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
3084 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
3085 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
3086
3087 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
3088 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
3089 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
3090 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
3091 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
3092 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
3093 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
3094 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
3095 on, including in the initrd.
3096
3097 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
3098 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
3099 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
3100 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
3101
3102 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
3103 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
3104 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
3105 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
3106 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
3107
3108 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
3109 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
3110 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
3111 this property in its status output.
3112
3113 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
3114 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
3115 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
3116 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
3117 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
3118 more similarly to nss-resolve.
3119
3120 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
3121 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
3122 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
3123 ctime.
3124
3125 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
3126 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
3127
3128 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
3129 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
3130 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
3131 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
3132 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
3133 having to rebuild systemd.
3134
3135 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
3136 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
3137 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
3138 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
3139 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
3140 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
3141 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
3142 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
3143
3144 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
3145 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
3146 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
3147 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
3148 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
3149 hardlinks.
3150
3151 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
3152 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
3153 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
3154
3155 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
3156 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
3157 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
3158 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
3159
3160 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
3161 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
3162
3163 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
3164 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
3165 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
3166 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
3167 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
3168
3169 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
3170 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
3171 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
3172 compatibility).
3173
3174 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3175 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3176 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3177 prefix will be assigned.
3178
3179 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3180 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3181 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3182 The setting is enabled by default.
3183
3184 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3185 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3186
3187 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3188 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3189 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3190 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3191 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3192 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3193 debuggable.
3194
3195 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3196 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3197 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3198 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3199
3200 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3201 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3202
3203 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3204 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3205 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3206 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3207 environments where the root file system is
3208 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3209 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3210
3211 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3212 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3213 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3214 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3215 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3216 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3217 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3218 later).
3219
3220 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3221 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3222 working with heavily threaded programs.
3223
3224 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3225 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3226 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3227 desirable.
3228
3229 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3230 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3231 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3232 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3233 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3234 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3235
3236 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3237 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3238 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3239 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3240 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3241
3242 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3243 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3244 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3245 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3246 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3247 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3248 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3249 promises.
3250
3251 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3252 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3253 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3254 promises.
3255
3256 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3257 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3258 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3259 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3260 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3261 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3262 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3263 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3264 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3265
3266 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3267 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3268 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3269 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3270 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3271 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3272 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3273 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3274 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3275
3276 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3277 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3278 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3279 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3280 like this.
3281
3282 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3283 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3284 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3285 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3286 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3287 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3288 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3289 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3290 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3291
3292 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3293 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3294 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3295 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3296 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3297 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3298 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3299 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3300 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3301 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3302 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3303 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3304 appropriately.
3305
3306 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3307 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3308 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3309 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3310 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3311 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3312
3313 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3314 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3315
3316 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3317 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3318 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3319 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3320 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3321 protections for the different slices in the future.
3322
3323 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3324 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3325 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3326 image dissection logic.
3327
3328 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3329 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3330 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3331 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3332 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3333 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3334 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3335 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3336 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3337 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3338 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3339 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3340 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3341 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3342 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3343 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3344 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3345 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3346 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3347 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3348 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3349 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3350 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3351 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3352 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3353 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3354 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3355 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3356 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3357 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3358 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3359 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3360 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3361
3362 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3363
3364 CHANGES WITH 246:
3365
3366 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3367 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3368 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3369
3370 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3371 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3372
3373 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3374 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3375 based on the NUMA mask.
3376
3377 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3378 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3379 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3380
3381 * Two new unit file settings
3382 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3383 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3384 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3385 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3386
3387 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3388 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3389 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3390 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3391 instance).
3392
3393 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3394 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3395 service's processes shall include.
3396
3397 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3398 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3399 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3400 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3401
3402 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3403 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3404 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3405 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3406 depending on socket type.
3407
3408 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3409 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3410 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3411 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3412 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3413 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3414 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3415 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3416 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3417 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3418
3419 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3420 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3421 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3422 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3423 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3424 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3425 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3426 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3427
3428 * .service unit files gained two new options
3429 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3430 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3431 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3432
3433 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3434 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3435 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3436 prefix is used.
3437
3438 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3439 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3440 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3441 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3442 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3443 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3444 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3445 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3446 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3447 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3448 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3449
3450 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3451 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3452 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3453 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3454 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3455 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3456
3457 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3458 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3459 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3460 finally gone now.
3461
3462 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3463 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3464 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3465 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3466
3467 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3468 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3469 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3470 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3471 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3472 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3473 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3474 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3475
3476 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3477 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3478 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3479 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3480 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3481
3482 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3483 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3484 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3485 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3486 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3487
3488 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3489 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3490 boot.
3491
3492 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3493 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3494 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3495 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3496 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3497 device.
3498
3499 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3500 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3501 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3502
3503 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3504 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3505 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3506 conditions.
3507
3508 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3509 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3510 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3511 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3512
3513 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3514 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3515 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3516 the process that faulted.
3517
3518 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3519 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3520 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3521
3522 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3523 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3524 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3525 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3526 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3527
3528 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3529 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3530 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3531 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3532 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3533
3534 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3535 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3536 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3537 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
3538 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
3539
3540 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
3541 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
3542 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
3543 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
3544 frame ring buffer sizes.
3545
3546 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
3547 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
3548
3549 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
3550 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
3551
3552 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
3553 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
3554 automatically assigned to the interface.
3555
3556 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
3557 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
3558 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
3559 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
3560 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
3561 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
3562 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
3563 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
3564 mode for Assign=.
3565
3566 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
3567 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
3568 source addresses.
3569
3570 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
3571 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
3572 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
3573 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
3574 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
3575 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
3576 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
3577 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
3578 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
3579 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
3580
3581 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
3582 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
3583 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
3584 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
3585 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
3586 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
3587 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
3588
3589 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
3590 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
3591 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
3592 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
3593 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
3594 the RA packets suggest it.
3595
3596 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
3597 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
3598 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
3599 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
3600
3601 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
3602 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
3603 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
3604 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
3605 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
3606 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
3607 field.
3608
3609 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
3610 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
3611 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
3612 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
3613 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
3614 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
3615
3616 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
3617 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
3618
3619 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
3620 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
3621 the VLAN protocol to use.
3622
3623 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
3624 of the .network files, to control the link group.
3625
3626 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
3627 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
3628 link local address is generated.
3629
3630 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
3631 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
3632 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
3633 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
3634 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
3635 carefully picking an interface name to use.
3636
3637 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
3638 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
3639
3640 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
3641 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
3642
3643 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
3644 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
3645 are still understood to provide compatibility.
3646
3647 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
3648 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
3649 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
3650 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
3651 interfaces up or down.
3652
3653 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
3654 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
3655 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
3656 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
3657 interface may be specified (after "%").
3658
3659 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
3660 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
3661 public DNS servers are not used.
3662
3663 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
3664
3665 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
3666 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
3667 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
3668 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
3669 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
3670 defined by systemd-resolved).
3671
3672 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
3673 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
3674 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
3675
3676 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
3677 --property=…".
3678
3679 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
3680 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
3681 use --plain.
3682
3683 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
3684 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
3685 being deprecated in favor of this option.
3686
3687 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
3688 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
3689 process itself.
3690
3691 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
3692 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
3693 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
3694 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
3695 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
3696 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
3697 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
3698 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
3699 implementations.
3700
3701 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
3702 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
3703 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
3704 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
3705 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
3706 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
3707 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
3708 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
3709 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
3710
3711 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
3712 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
3713 initialization.
3714
3715 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
3716 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
3717 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
3718
3719 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
3720 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
3721 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
3722 without any decoration.
3723
3724 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
3725 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
3726 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
3727 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
3728 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
3729 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
3730
3731 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
3732 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
3733 coredump data from.
3734
3735 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
3736 the zstd algorithm.
3737
3738 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
3739 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
3740 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
3741 not block clean file system unmounting.
3742
3743 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
3744 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
3745 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
3746
3747 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
3748 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
3749 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
3750 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
3751
3752 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
3753 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
3754
3755 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
3756 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
3757 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
3758 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
3759 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
3760 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
3761 instead of operating on actual block devices.
3762
3763 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
3764 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
3765
3766 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
3767 instead of 0.
3768
3769 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
3770 specifier expansion.
3771
3772 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
3773 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3774 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3775 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3776 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3777
3778 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3779 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3780 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3781 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3782 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3783
3784 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3785 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3786 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3787 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3788 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3789 --fido2-device= option.
3790
3791 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3792 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3793 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3794 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3795 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3796 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3797 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3798
3799 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3800 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3801 changed from ext2 to ext4.
3802
3803 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3804 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3805 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3806 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3807 before the system continues to boot.
3808
3809 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3810 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3811 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3812 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3813 instead of at installation time.
3814
3815 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3816 volumes with automatically from files in
3817 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3818 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3819
3820 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3821 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3822
3823 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3824 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3825 instance.
3826
3827 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3828 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3829 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3830 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3831
3832 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3833 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3834
3835 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3836 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3837 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3838 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3839 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3840 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3841 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3842 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3843 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3844 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3845 incremental).
3846
3847 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3848 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3849 which it then operates.
3850
3851 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3852 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3853 directories for various resources.
3854
3855 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3856 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3857 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3858 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3859 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3860 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3861 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3862 via the new --no-block switch.
3863
3864 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3865 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3866 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3867 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3868 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3869 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3870 case.
3871
3872 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3873 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3874 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3875 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3876
3877 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3878 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3879 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3880 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3881 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3882
3883 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3884 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3885 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3886 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3887 vtable is associated with.
3888
3889 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3890 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3891 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3892 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3893
3894 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3895 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3896 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3897
3898 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3899
3900 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3901 document the methods, signals and properties.
3902
3903 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3904 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3905 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3906 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3907 desktops has been added:
3908
3909 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3910 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3911 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3912
3913 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3914 and has now moved to:
3915
3916 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3917
3918 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3919 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3920 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3921 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3922 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3923 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3924 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3925
3926 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3927 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3928 target of the service during runtime.
3929
3930 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3931 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3932 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3933
3934 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3935 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3936 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3937 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3938 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3939 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3940 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3941 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3942 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3943 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3944 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3945 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3946 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3947 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3948 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3949 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3950 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3951 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3952 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3953 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3954 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3955 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3956 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3957 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3958 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3959 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3960 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3961 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3962 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3963 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3964 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3965 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3966 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3967 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3968 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3969 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3970 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3971 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3972
3973 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3974
3975 CHANGES WITH 245:
3976
3977 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3978 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3979 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3980 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3981 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3982 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3983 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3984 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3985 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3986 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3987 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3988 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3989 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3990 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3991 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3992 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3993 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3994 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3995 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
3996 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
3997 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
3998
3999 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
4000 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
4001 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
4002 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
4003 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
4004 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
4005 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
4006 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
4007 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
4008 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
4009 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
4010 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
4011 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
4012 that for the first time resource management and various other
4013 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
4014 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
4015 to apply on login. For further details see:
4016
4017 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
4018 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
4019 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
4020
4021 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
4022 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
4023 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
4024 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
4025 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
4026 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
4027 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
4028 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
4029 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
4030
4031 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
4032
4033 For further details about the format and expectations on home
4034 directories this new daemon makes, see:
4035
4036 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
4037
4038 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
4039 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
4040 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
4041 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
4042 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
4043 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
4044 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
4045 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
4046 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
4047 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
4048 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
4049 usage limitations and other settings.
4050
4051 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
4052 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
4053 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
4054 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
4055 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
4056 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
4057 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
4058 resource usage.
4059
4060 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
4061 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
4062
4063 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
4064 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
4065 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
4066 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
4067 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
4068
4069 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
4070 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
4071 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
4072 itself and the default for all other processes.
4073
4074 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
4075 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
4076 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
4077 database into account.
4078
4079 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
4080 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
4081 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
4082 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
4083
4084 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
4085 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
4086 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
4087 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
4088 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
4089 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
4090 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
4091 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
4092 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
4093 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
4094
4095 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
4096 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
4097 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
4098 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
4099 event source watching it is freed).
4100
4101 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
4102 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
4103 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
4104 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
4105
4106 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
4107 (IFB) network devices.
4108
4109 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
4110 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
4111
4112 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
4113 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
4114 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
4115 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
4116 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
4117 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
4118
4119 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
4120 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
4121 with its sense inverted.
4122
4123 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
4124 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
4125 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
4126
4127 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
4128 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
4129 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
4130
4131 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
4132 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
4133 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
4134 to be used.
4135
4136 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
4137 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
4138 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
4139 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
4140 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
4141 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
4142 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
4143
4144 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
4145 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
4146 debugging purposes.
4147
4148 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
4149 group named differently than the user.
4150
4151 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
4152 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
4153 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
4154
4155 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
4156 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
4157 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
4158 /etc/fstab.
4159
4160 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
4161 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
4162 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
4163 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
4164
4165 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
4166 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
4167 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
4168 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
4169
4170 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
4171 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
4172 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
4173 Bernard.
4174
4175 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4176 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4177 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4178 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4179 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4180 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4181 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4182 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4183 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4184 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4185 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4186
4187 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4188 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4189 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4190 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4191 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4192 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4193 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4194 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4195 command line option.
4196
4197 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4198 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4199
4200 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4201 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4202 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4203 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4204 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4205 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4206 systemd-timedated.
4207
4208 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4209 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4210 GPT partition table types.
4211
4212 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4213 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4214 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4215
4216 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4217
4218 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4219 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4220 for the respective units.
4221
4222 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4223 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4224 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4225
4226 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4227 "status" output.
4228
4229 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4230 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4231 disappear.
4232
4233 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4234 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4235 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4236 address is used.
4237
4238 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4239 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4240 dropped from the individual setting names.
4241
4242 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4243 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4244 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4245 such files in version 243.
4246
4247 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4248 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4249 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4250
4251 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4252 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4253 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4254
4255 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4256 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4257 with stopping and disablement.
4258
4259 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4260 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4261 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4262 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4263 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4264 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4265 some internal systemd services (most notably
4266 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4267 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4268 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4269 this systemd release. See
4270 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4271 additional discussion.
4272
4273 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4274 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4275 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4276 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4277 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4278 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4279 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4280 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4281 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4282 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4283 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4284 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4285 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4286 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4287 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4288 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4289 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4290 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4291 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4292 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4293 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4294 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4295 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4296 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4297 DONG
4298
4299 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4300
4301 CHANGES WITH 244:
4302
4303 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4304 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4305 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4306 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4307
4308 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4309 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4310 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4311 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4312
4313 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4314 units.
4315
4316 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4317 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4318 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4319 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4320 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4321 set the EFI variable.
4322
4323 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4324 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4325 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4326 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4327 and overrides the systemd setting.
4328
4329 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4330 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4331 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4332 effect.)
4333
4334 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4335 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4336 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4337
4338 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4339 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4340
4341 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4342 the unit being shown.
4343
4344 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4345 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4346 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4347 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4348 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4349
4350 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4351 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4352 which need to use them.
4353
4354 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4355 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4356 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4357 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4358 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4359 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4360 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4361 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4362 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4363 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4364
4365 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4366 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4367 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4368 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4369 security tokens that were used previously.
4370
4371 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4372 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4373 improve power saving with many more devices.
4374
4375 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4376 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4377 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4378
4379 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4380 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4381 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4382 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4383 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4384
4385 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4386 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4387 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4388 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4389 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4390
4391 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4392 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4393
4394 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4395 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4396
4397 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4398 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4399 now supported.
4400
4401 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4402 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4403
4404 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4405 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4406 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4407
4408 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4409 received from the server.
4410
4411 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4412 set.
4413
4414 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4415 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4416
4417 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4418 using a new SendOption= setting.
4419
4420 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4421 service type" value used by the client.
4422
4423 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4424 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4425
4426 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4427 a new SendOption= setting.
4428
4429 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4430 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4431
4432 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4433 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4434
4435 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4436 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4437 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4438
4439 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4440 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4441 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4442 BSSID for wireless links.
4443
4444 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4445 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4446
4447 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4448 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4449
4450 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4451 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4452 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4453 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4454 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4455 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4456
4457 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4458
4459 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4460 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4461 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4462 on its own).
4463
4464 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4465 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4466 of the present time.
4467
4468 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4469 reproducible image builds easier).
4470
4471 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4472 Specification.
4473
4474 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4475 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4476 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4477 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4478
4479 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4480 is being used.
4481
4482 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4483
4484 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4485 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4486 path as the system manager.
4487
4488 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4489 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4490 representation").
4491
4492 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4493 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4494 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4495 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4496 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4497 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4498 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4499 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4500
4501 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4502 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4503 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4504 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4505 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4506 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4507 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4508 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4509 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4510 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4511 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4512 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4513 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4514 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4515 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4516 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4517 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4518 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4519 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4520 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4521 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4522 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4523 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4524
4525 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4526
4527 CHANGES WITH 243:
4528
4529 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4530 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4531 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4532 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4533 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4534 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4535 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4536 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4537
4538 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
4539 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
4540 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
4541 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
4542 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
4543 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
4544 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
4545 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
4546 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
4547 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
4548 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
4549 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
4550 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
4551 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
4552 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
4553 documentation.
4554
4555 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
4556 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
4557 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
4558 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
4559 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
4560 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
4561 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
4562 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
4563 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
4564 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
4565 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
4566 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
4567 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
4568 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
4569 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
4570 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
4571
4572 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
4573 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
4574 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
4575 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
4576
4577 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
4578 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
4579
4580 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
4581 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
4582 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
4583 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
4584 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
4585 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
4586 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
4587 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
4588 caught up with the kernel API changes.
4589
4590 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
4591 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
4592 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
4593 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
4594 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
4595 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
4596 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
4597 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
4598 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
4599 packagers.
4600
4601 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
4602 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
4603
4604 build/man/man systemctl
4605 build/man/html systemd.index
4606
4607 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
4608 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
4609
4610 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
4611 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
4612 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
4613 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
4614 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
4615 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
4616
4617 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
4618 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
4619 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
4620 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
4621 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
4622 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
4623 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
4624 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
4625 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
4626 unambiguously distinguished.
4627
4628 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
4629 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
4630 very rarely used.
4631
4632 To replace this functionality, users should:
4633 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
4634 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
4635 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
4636 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
4637 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
4638
4639 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
4640 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
4641 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
4642 interfaces should really be matched.
4643
4644 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
4645 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
4646 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
4647 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
4648 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
4649 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
4650
4651 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
4652 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
4653 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
4654 stop the whole unit.
4655
4656 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
4657 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
4658 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
4659 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
4660 generated whenever a unit stops.
4661
4662 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
4663 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
4664 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
4665 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
4666
4667 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
4668 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
4669 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
4670 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
4671 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
4672
4673 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
4674 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
4675 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
4676 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
4677 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
4678 programs set up externally.
4679
4680 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
4681 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
4682 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
4683 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
4684
4685 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
4686 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
4687 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
4688 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
4689 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
4690 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
4691 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
4692
4693 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
4694 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
4695 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
4696 as before.
4697
4698 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
4699 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
4700 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
4701 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
4702 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
4703 links on terminals that support that.
4704
4705 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
4706 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
4707 unmounted safely during shutdown.
4708
4709 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
4710
4711 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
4712 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
4713 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
4714 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
4715 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
4716 The default remains unchanged.
4717
4718 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
4719 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
4720
4721 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
4722 udev property.
4723
4724 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
4725 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
4726 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
4727
4728 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
4729 interfaces natively.
4730
4731 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
4732 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
4733 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
4734 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
4735
4736 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
4737 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
4738 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
4739 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
4740 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
4741 RELEASE message when terminating.
4742
4743 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
4744 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
4745
4746 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
4747 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
4748 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
4749 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
4750 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
4751 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
4752 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
4753
4754 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
4755 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
4756 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
4757 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
4758 added to the GENEVE support.
4759
4760 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
4761 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
4762 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
4763 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
4764 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
4765
4766 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
4767 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
4768 onto the network device.
4769
4770 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
4771 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
4772 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
4773 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4774 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4775
4776 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4777 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4778 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4779
4780 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4781 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4782
4783 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4784 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4785
4786 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4787 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4788 statistics.
4789
4790 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4791 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4792 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4793
4794 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4795 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4796
4797 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4798 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4799 specific udev properties.
4800
4801 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4802 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4803 "lo" as underlying device.
4804
4805 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4806 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4807 IP addresses, too.
4808
4809 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4810 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4811 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4812 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4813
4814 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4815 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4816 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4817 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4818
4819 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4820 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4821 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4822
4823 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4824 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4825 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4826
4827 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4828
4829 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4830 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4831 does the same for recurring calendar events.
4832
4833 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4834 durations as opposed to points in time).
4835
4836 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4837 expressions.
4838
4839 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4840 codes to their names and back.
4841
4842 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4843 file paths and unit aliases.
4844
4845 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4846 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4847 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4848 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4849
4850 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4851 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4852 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4853 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4854 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4855 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4856 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4857 udev rules for that purpose.
4858
4859 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4860 a device to be initialized.
4861
4862 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4863 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4864 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4865
4866 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4867 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4868 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4869 with gcc's cleanup extension.
4870
4871 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4872 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4873 with printf().
4874
4875 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4876 XML introspection data unmodified.
4877
4878 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4879 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4880 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4881 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4882
4883 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4884 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4885 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4886 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4887 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4888 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4889 configured to handle the watchdog.
4890
4891 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4892 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4893 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4894
4895 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4896 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4897 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4898
4899 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4900 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4901 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4902 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4903 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4904
4905 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4906 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4907 review.
4908
4909 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4910 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4911
4912 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4913 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4914
4915 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4916 failures to apply them are now ignored.
4917
4918 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4919 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4920 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4921 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4922
4923 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4924 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4925 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4926 service.
4927
4928 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4929 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4930 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4931 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4932 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4933 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4934 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4935 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4936 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4937 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4938 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4939 a seed was received from the boot loader.
4940
4941 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4942
4943 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4944 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4945 above.
4946
4947 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4948 installed.
4949
4950 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4951 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4952 bootloader entry).
4953
4954 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4955 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4956
4957 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4958
4959 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4960 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4961 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4962 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4963 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4964
4965 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4966 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4967 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4968
4969 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4970 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4971
4972 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4973 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4974 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4975
4976 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4977 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4978 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4979 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4980 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4981 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4982 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4983 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4984 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4985 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4986 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4987 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4988 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4989 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4990 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4991 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4992 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4993 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4994 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4995 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
4996 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
4997 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
4998 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
4999 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
5000 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
5001 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
5002 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
5003 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
5004 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
5005 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
5006
5007 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
5008
5009 CHANGES WITH 242:
5010
5011 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
5012 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
5013 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
5014 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
5015 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
5016 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
5017 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
5018
5019 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
5020 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
5021
5022 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
5023 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
5024 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
5025 may be used to view this.
5026
5027 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
5028 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
5029 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
5030 ```
5031 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
5032 [Match]
5033 Type=bridge
5034
5035 [Link]
5036 MACAddressPolicy=none
5037 ```
5038
5039 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
5040 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
5041 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
5042 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
5043 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
5044 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
5045 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
5046
5047 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
5048 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
5049
5050 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
5051 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
5052
5053 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
5054 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
5055
5056 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
5057 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
5058 is a USB peripheral).
5059
5060 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
5061 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
5062 measured.
5063
5064 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
5065 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
5066 have privileges to do so).
5067
5068 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
5069 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
5070 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
5071
5072 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
5073 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
5074 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
5075 namespace.
5076
5077 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
5078 in which case environment variable substitution is
5079 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
5080
5081 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
5082 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
5083 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
5084 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
5085 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
5086
5087 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
5088 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
5089 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
5090 installed CPU cores.
5091
5092 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
5093 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
5094 kernel 4.15.
5095
5096 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
5097 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
5098 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
5099 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
5100 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
5101
5102 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
5103 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
5104 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
5105
5106 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
5107 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
5108 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
5109 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
5110 enslaved devices is not operational.
5111
5112 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
5113 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
5114
5115 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
5116 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
5117 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
5118 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
5119 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
5120 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
5121
5122 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
5123 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
5124
5125 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
5126
5127 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
5128 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
5129 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
5130
5131 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
5132 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
5133
5134 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
5135 configure CAN triple sampling.
5136
5137 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
5138 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
5139
5140 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
5141 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
5142 details.
5143
5144 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
5145 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
5146 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
5147 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
5148 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
5149 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
5150
5151 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
5152
5153 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
5154 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
5155 controlling project quota inheritance.
5156
5157 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
5158 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
5159 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
5160 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
5161 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
5162 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
5163 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
5164 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
5165 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
5166 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
5167 partition.
5168
5169 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
5170 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
5171 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
5172 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
5173 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
5174
5175 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5176 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5177
5178 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5179 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5180 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5181 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5182 be used in production yet.
5183
5184 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5185 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5186 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5187 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5188 input, output, and error are set up.
5189
5190 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5191
5192 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5193 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5194 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5195
5196 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5197 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5198 the specified expression will elapse next.
5199
5200 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5201 introspection data.
5202
5203 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5204 the reboot() system call expects.
5205
5206 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5207 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5208 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5209
5210 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5211 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5212 ConditionVirtualization=).
5213
5214 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5215 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5216 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5217 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5218 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5219 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5220 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5221 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5222 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5223 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5224 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5225 during reboot with their own operations.
5226
5227 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5228 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5229 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5230 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5231
5232 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5233 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5234 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5235 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5236 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5237
5238 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5239 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5240
5241 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5242 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5243 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5244 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5245 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5246 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5247 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5248 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5249 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5250
5251 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5252 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5253 prohibited.
5254
5255 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5256 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5257 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5258 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5259 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5260 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5261 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5262 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5263
5264 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5265 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5266 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5267 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5268 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5269 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5270 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5271 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5272 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5273 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5274 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5275 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5276 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5277 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5278 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5279 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5280 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5281 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5282
5283 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5284
5285 CHANGES WITH 241:
5286
5287 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5288 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5289 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5290
5291 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5292 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5293 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5294 include the package release information.
5295
5296 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5297 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5298 option.
5299
5300 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5301 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5302 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5303
5304 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5305 again.
5306
5307 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5308 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5309 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5310 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5311 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5312 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5313 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5314 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5315 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5316 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5317 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5318 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5319 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5320
5321 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5322 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5323
5324 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5325 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5326
5327 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5328 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5329 used for side-channel attacks.
5330
5331 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5332 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5333 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5334
5335 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5336 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5337 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5338 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5339 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5340 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5341
5342 fs.protected_regular = 0
5343 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5344
5345 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5346 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5347
5348 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5349 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5350 POSIX shells.
5351
5352 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5353 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5354
5355 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5356 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5357 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5358 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5359 points but otherwise empty.
5360
5361 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5362 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5363 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5364
5365 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5366 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5367
5368 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5369 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5370
5371 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5372 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5373 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5374 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5375 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5376 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5377 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5378 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5379 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5380 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5381 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5382 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5383 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5384 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5385 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5386 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5387 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5388
5389 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5390
5391 CHANGES WITH 240:
5392
5393 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5394 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5395 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5396 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5397 an SELinux policy update is required.
5398 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5399
5400 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5401 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5402 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5403 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5404 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5405 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5406 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5407 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5408 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5409 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5410
5411 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5412 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5413 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5414 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5415 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5416 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5417 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5418 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5419 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5420 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5421 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5422 the search path.
5423
5424 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5425 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5426 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5427 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5428 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5429 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5430 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5431 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5432 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5433 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5434 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5435 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5436 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5437 start job.
5438
5439 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5440 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5441 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5442 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5443 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5444 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5445 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5446 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5447 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5448 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5449
5450 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5451 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5452 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5453 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5454 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5455 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5456 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5457 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5458 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5459 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5460 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5461 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5462 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5463 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5464 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5465 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5466 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5467 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5468 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5469 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5470 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5471 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5472 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5473 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5474 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5475 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5476 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5477 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5478 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5479 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5480 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5481 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5482 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5483 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5484 Java.)
5485
5486 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5487 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5488 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5489 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5490 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5491 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5492 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5493 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5494 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5495 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5496
5497 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5498 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5499 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5500 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5501 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5502 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5503
5504 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5505 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5506 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5507 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5508 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5509
5510 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5511 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
5512
5513 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5514 reverted.
5515
5516 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5517 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5518 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5519
5520 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5521 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5522
5523 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5524 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5525 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5526
5527 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5528 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5529 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5530 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5531 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5532 latency.
5533
5534 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5535 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5536
5537 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
5538 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
5539 instance part of a unit name.
5540
5541 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
5542 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
5543 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
5544 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
5545 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
5546 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
5547 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
5548 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
5549 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
5550
5551 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
5552 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
5553 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
5554 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
5555
5556 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
5557 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
5558 to a file, and appending to it.
5559
5560 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
5561 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
5562 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
5563 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
5564 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
5565 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
5566
5567 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
5568 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
5569 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
5570 having to touch C code.
5571
5572 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
5573 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
5574
5575 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
5576 DNS-over-TLS.
5577
5578 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
5579 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
5580 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
5581
5582 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
5583 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
5584 until the system finished start-up.
5585
5586 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
5587
5588 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
5589 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
5590 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
5591 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
5592 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
5593 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
5594 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
5595
5596 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
5597 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
5598 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
5599 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
5600 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
5601 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
5602 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
5603 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
5604 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
5605 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
5606 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
5607 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
5608
5609 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
5610 instantiate services.
5611
5612 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
5613 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
5614
5615 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
5616 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
5617 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
5618
5619 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
5620 it is neither used nor maintained.
5621
5622 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5623 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
5624 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
5625 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
5626 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
5627 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
5628 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
5629 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
5630 separated by colons.
5631
5632 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
5633 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
5634
5635 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
5636 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
5637
5638 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
5639 "ethtool advertise" commands.
5640
5641 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
5642 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
5643 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
5644 directly.
5645
5646 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
5647 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
5648 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
5649 ID.
5650
5651 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
5652 and generate various 128bit IDs.
5653
5654 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
5655 and LOGO=.
5656
5657 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
5658 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
5659 from any hibernated image.
5660
5661 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
5662 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
5663 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
5664 kernel exports them.
5665
5666 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
5667 /usr/bin/.
5668
5669 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
5670 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
5671 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
5672 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
5673 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
5674 now documented here:
5675
5676 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
5677
5678 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
5679 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
5680 installs during early boot.
5681
5682 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
5683 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
5684
5685 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
5686 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
5687
5688 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
5689 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
5690 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
5691
5692 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
5693 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
5694 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
5695 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
5696 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
5697 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
5698 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
5699 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
5700 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
5701 is on AC power.
5702
5703 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
5704 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
5705 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
5706 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
5707 see:
5708
5709 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
5710
5711 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
5712 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
5713 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
5714 and container environments.
5715
5716 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
5717 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
5718 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
5719 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
5720
5721 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
5722 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
5723 journald per-service.
5724
5725 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
5726 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
5727
5728 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
5729 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
5730 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
5731 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
5732
5733 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
5734 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
5735 groups.
5736
5737 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
5738 --ephemeral command line switch.
5739
5740 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
5741 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
5742 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
5743 object itself.
5744
5745 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
5746 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
5747 not unloaded).
5748
5749 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
5750 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
5751 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
5752
5753 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
5754 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
5755 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
5756 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
5757 "dead" state on success.
5758
5759 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
5760 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
5761 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
5762 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
5763 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
5764 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
5765 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
5766 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
5767 well-defined system service context.
5768
5769 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
5770 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
5771 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
5772 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
5773
5774 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5775 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5776 continue to be used.
5777
5778 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5779 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5780 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5781 for example:
5782
5783 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5784
5785 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5786 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5787 the command line's exit code.
5788
5789 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5790
5791 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5792
5793 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5794 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5795 support to systemctl and all other commands.
5796
5797 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5798 name as argument.
5799
5800 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5801 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5802 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5803 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5804 is improved.
5805
5806 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5807 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5808 initialize one to all 0xFF.
5809
5810 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5811 all files and directories listed in
5812 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5813 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5814 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5815 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5816 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5817 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5818 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5819 the transition to the host OS.
5820
5821 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5822 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5823 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5824 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5825 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5826 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5827 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5828 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5829 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5830 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5831 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5832 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5833 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5834 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5835 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5836 these are opened they don't work.
5837
5838 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5839 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5840 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5841 logic works again.
5842
5843 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5844 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5845 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5846 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5847 ignore it.
5848
5849 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5850 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5851 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5852 commands.
5853
5854 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5855 pam_systemd anymore.
5856
5857 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5858 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5859 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5860 policy took effect.
5861
5862 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5863 python-3.5.
5864
5865 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5866 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5867 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5868 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5869 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5870 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5871 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5872 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5873 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5874 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5875 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5876 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5877 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5878 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5879 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5880 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5881 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5882 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5883 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5884 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5885 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5886 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5887 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5888 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5889 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5890 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5891 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5892 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5893 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5894 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5895 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5896 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5897 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5898 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5899 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5900 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5901 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5902 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5903 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5904 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5905 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5906 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5907 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5908 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5909 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5910
5911 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5912
5913 CHANGES WITH 239:
5914
5915 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5916 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5917 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5918 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5919 a slot number associated.
5920
5921 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5922 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5923 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5924 independent.
5925
5926 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5927 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5928 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5929
5930 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5931 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5932 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5933 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5934
5935 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5936 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5937 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5938 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5939 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5940 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5941 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5942 e.g. NIS.
5943
5944 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5945 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5946 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5947 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5948 may be necessary to update the file.
5949
5950 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5951 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5952 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5953 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5954 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5955 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5956 documentation.
5957
5958 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5959 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5960 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5961 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5962 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5963 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5964 them.
5965
5966 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5967 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5968 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5969 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5970 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5971
5972 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5973 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5974 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5975 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5976 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5977 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5978 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5979 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5980
5981 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5982 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5983 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5984 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5985 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5986
5987 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5988 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5989 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5990 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5991 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5992
5993 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5994 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5995 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
5996
5997 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
5998 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
5999 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
6000 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
6001 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
6002 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
6003 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
6004 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
6005 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
6006 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
6007 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
6008 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
6009 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
6010 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
6011 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
6012 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
6013 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
6014 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
6015 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
6016 from.
6017
6018 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
6019 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
6020 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
6021 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
6022
6023 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
6024 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
6025 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
6026 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
6027
6028 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
6029 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
6030 hibernates again.
6031
6032 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
6033 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
6034
6035 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
6036 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
6037 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
6038
6039 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
6040 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
6041 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
6042 was not configurable and set to 512.
6043
6044 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
6045 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
6046 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
6047 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
6048 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
6049 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
6050 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
6051 in particular su and sudo.
6052
6053 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
6054 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
6055 synchronization has been received from the network. This
6056 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
6057 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
6058 services.
6059
6060 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
6061 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
6062 files should work for hibernation now.
6063
6064 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
6065 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
6066 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
6067 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
6068 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
6069 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
6070 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
6071 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
6072 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
6073 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
6074 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
6075 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
6076 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
6077 name following the last dash.
6078
6079 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
6080 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
6081 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
6082 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
6083 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
6084
6085 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
6086 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
6087 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
6088 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
6089 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
6090 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
6091
6092 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
6093 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
6094 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
6095 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
6096
6097 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
6098 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
6099 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
6100 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
6101 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
6102
6103 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
6104 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
6105 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
6106 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
6107 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
6108 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
6109 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
6110 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
6111 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
6112 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
6113 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
6114 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
6115 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
6116
6117 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
6118 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
6119 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
6120 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
6121 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
6122 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
6123 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
6124 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
6125 settings.
6126
6127 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
6128 expiration feature, if it is available.
6129
6130 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
6131 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
6132 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
6133
6134 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
6135 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
6136
6137 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
6138
6139 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
6140 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
6141
6142 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
6143 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
6144 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
6145 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
6146 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
6147 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
6148 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
6149 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
6150 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
6151 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
6152 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
6153
6154 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
6155 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
6156 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
6157 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
6158
6159 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
6160 about its state.
6161
6162 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
6163 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
6164 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
6165 "timedatectl set-ntp".
6166
6167 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
6168 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
6169 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
6170 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
6171 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
6172 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
6173 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
6174 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6175 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6176 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6177 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6178
6179 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6180 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6181
6182 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6183 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6184 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6185 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6186 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6187 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6188
6189 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6190 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6191 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6192 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6193 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6194 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6195 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6196
6197 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6198 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6199 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6200 shown.)
6201
6202 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6203 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6204 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6205 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6206 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6207 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6208 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6209 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6210 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6211
6212 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6213 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6214 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6215
6216 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6217 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6218 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6219 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6220 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6221 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6222 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6223 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6224
6225 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6226
6227 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6228 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6229 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6230
6231 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6232 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6233
6234 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6235 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6236 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6237
6238 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6239
6240 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6241
6242 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6243 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6244
6245 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6246 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6247 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6248 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6249 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6250 external user databases.
6251
6252 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6253 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6254 refused due to the enforced limits.
6255
6256 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6257 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6258 manages.
6259
6260 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6261 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6262 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6263 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6264 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6265 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6266 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6267 where this is now used by default.
6268
6269 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6270 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6271
6272 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6273 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6274 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6275 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6276 update process in a generic way.
6277
6278 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6279
6280 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6281 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6282 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6283 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6284 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6285 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6286 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6287 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6288 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6289 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6290 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6291 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6292 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6293 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6294 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6295 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6296 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6297 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6298 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6299 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6300 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6301 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6302 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6303 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6304 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6305 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6306 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6307 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6308 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6309
6310 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6311
6312 CHANGES WITH 238:
6313
6314 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6315 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6316 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6317 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6318 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6319 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6320 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6321 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6322 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6323 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6324 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6325 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6326 to revert this change.
6327
6328 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6329 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6330 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6331 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6332 once at the end of the transaction.
6333
6334 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6335 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6336 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6337 scripts.
6338
6339 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6340 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6341 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6342 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6343 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6344 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6345 still allowing local admin overrides.
6346
6347 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6348 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6349 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6350
6351 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6352 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6353 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6354 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6355 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6356
6357 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6358 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6359 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6360 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6361 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6362 from package installation scripts.
6363
6364 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6365 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6366 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6367
6368 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6369 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6370
6371 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6372 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6373 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6374
6375 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6376 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6377 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6378 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6379
6380 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6381 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6382 which are triggered meanwhile).
6383
6384 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6385 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6386 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6387 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6388 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6389
6390 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6391 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6392 rotated very quickly.
6393
6394 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6395 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6396 pending bus messages.
6397
6398 * systemd gained a new
6399 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6400 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6401 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6402 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6403 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6404 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6405 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6406 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6407 session scope.
6408
6409 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6410 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6411 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6412 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6413 the tree to be accessed.
6414
6415 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6416 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6417 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6418
6419 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6420 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6421 to keys in the main keyring.
6422
6423 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6424
6425 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6426 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6427
6428 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6429
6430 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6431 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6432 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6433 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6434 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6435 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6436 explicitly.
6437
6438 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6439 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6440
6441 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6442 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6443 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6444 be restarted.
6445
6446 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6447 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6448
6449 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6450 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6451 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6452 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6453 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6454 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6455 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6456 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6457 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6458 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6459 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6460 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6461 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6462 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6463 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6464 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6465
6466 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6467
6468 CHANGES WITH 237:
6469
6470 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6471 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6472 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6473 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6474
6475 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6476 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6477 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6478 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6479 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6480 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6481 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6482 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6483 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6484 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6485
6486 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6487 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6488 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6489 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6490 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6491 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6492 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6493 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6494 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6495 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6496
6497 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6498 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6499 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6500 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6501 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6502 now provides explicit control.
6503
6504 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6505 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6506 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6507 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6508 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6509 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6510 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6511
6512 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6513 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6514 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6515
6516 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6517 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6518
6519 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6520 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6521 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6522 versions.
6523
6524 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6525 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6526 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6527 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6528 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6529 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6530 understands RapidCommit=.
6531
6532 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6533 Delegation.
6534
6535 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6536 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6537 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
6538 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
6539 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
6540 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
6541 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
6542 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
6543 --watch-bind= command line switch.
6544
6545 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
6546 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
6547 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
6548 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
6549 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
6550 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
6551 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
6552 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
6553 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
6554 "Disconnected" signals).
6555
6556 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
6557 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
6558 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
6559 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
6560 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
6561 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
6562 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
6563 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
6564 round-trips are removed.
6565
6566 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
6567 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
6568 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
6569 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
6570
6571 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
6572 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
6573 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
6574 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
6575 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
6576 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
6577
6578 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
6579 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
6580 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
6581 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6582 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
6583 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
6584 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
6585 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
6586 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
6587 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
6588
6589 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6590 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
6591 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
6592 when the event source is destroyed.
6593
6594 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
6595 connections.
6596
6597 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
6598 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
6599 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
6600 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
6601 new transitional flag file has been added: if
6602 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
6603 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
6604
6605 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
6606 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
6607 manager.
6608
6609 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
6610 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
6611 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
6612 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
6613 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
6614
6615 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
6616 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
6617 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
6618 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
6619 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
6620 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
6621
6622 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
6623 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
6624 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
6625 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
6626 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
6627 level/target is given as an argument.
6628
6629 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
6630 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
6631 where UID and GID do not match.
6632
6633 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
6634 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
6635 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
6636 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
6637 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6638 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
6639 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
6640 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
6641 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
6642 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
6643 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
6644 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
6645 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6646 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
6647 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
6648 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
6649 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
6650 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
6651 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
6652 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
6653 Палаузов
6654
6655 — Brno, 2018-01-28
6656
6657 CHANGES WITH 236:
6658
6659 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6660 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
6661 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
6662 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
6663
6664 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
6665 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
6666 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
6667 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
6668 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
6669 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
6670 valid specifiers today.)
6671
6672 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
6673 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
6674 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
6675 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
6676 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
6677 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
6678
6679 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
6680 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
6681 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
6682 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
6683
6684 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
6685 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
6686 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
6687 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
6688 services are resolved properly.
6689
6690 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
6691 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
6692 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
6693 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
6694 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
6695 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
6696 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
6697 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
6698 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
6699 and btrfs.
6700
6701 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
6702 DNS server and domain information.
6703
6704 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
6705 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
6706 runtime.
6707
6708 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
6709 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
6710 empty for the first time.
6711
6712 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
6713 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
6714 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
6715 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
6716 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
6717 running in the user session.
6718
6719 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
6720 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
6721 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
6722 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
6723 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
6724 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
6725 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
6726 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
6727 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
6728 user instance).
6729
6730 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
6731 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
6732
6733 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
6734 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
6735 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
6736 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
6737
6738 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
6739 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
6740
6741 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
6742 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
6743 sleep verbs.
6744
6745 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
6746
6747 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
6748 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
6749
6750 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
6751
6752 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
6753 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
6754 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
6755
6756 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
6757 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
6758 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
6759 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
6760 instance.
6761
6762 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
6763 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
6764 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
6765
6766 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
6767 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
6768 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
6769
6770 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
6771
6772 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
6773 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6774 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6775 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6776 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6777 processes.
6778
6779 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6780 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6781 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6782 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6783
6784 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6785 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6786 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6787
6788 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6789 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6790 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6791 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6792 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6793
6794 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6795 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6796
6797 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6798 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6799 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6800 time the specified expression would elapse.
6801
6802 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6803 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6804 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6805 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6806 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6807 types, not just services.
6808
6809 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6810 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6811 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6812 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6813
6814 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6815 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6816 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6817 interface for this purpose.
6818
6819 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6820 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6821 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6822 anyway.
6823
6824 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6825 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6826 requirements of systemd.
6827
6828 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6829 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6830 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6831
6832 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6833 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6834 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6835 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6836
6837 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6838 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6839 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6840 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6841
6842 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6843 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6844
6845 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6846 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6847 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6848 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6849 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6850 managing software supports (such as pppd).
6851
6852 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6853 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6854 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6855
6856 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6857 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6858 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6859 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6860 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6861 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6862 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6863 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6864 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6865 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6866 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6867 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6868 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6869 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6870 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6871 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6872 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6873 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6874 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6875 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6876 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6877 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6878 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6879
6880 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6881
6882 CHANGES WITH 235:
6883
6884 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6885 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6886 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6887 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6888 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6889 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6890 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6891 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6892 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6893 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6894 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6895 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6896 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6897 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6898 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6899 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6900 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6901 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6902 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6903 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6904 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6905 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6906 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6907 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6908 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6909 IPAddressDeny= see below.
6910
6911 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6912 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6913 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6914 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6915 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6916 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6917 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6918 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6919
6920 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6921 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6922 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6923 used to change those values.
6924
6925 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6926 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6927 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6928 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6929 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6930 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6931
6932 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6933 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6934 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6935 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6936
6937 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6938 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6939 one top-level directory.
6940
6941 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6942 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6943 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6944 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6945 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6946 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6947 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6948 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6949 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6950 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6951 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6952 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6953 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6954 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6955 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6956
6957 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6958 Meson-only.
6959
6960 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6961 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6962 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6963 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6964 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6965 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6966 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6967 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6968 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6969 acceptable to us.
6970
6971 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6972 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6973 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6974 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6975 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6976 requested at build time.
6977
6978 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6979 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6980 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6981 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6982 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6983 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6984 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6985 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6986 Type= setting which permits configuring
6987 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6988
6989 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6990 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6991 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6992 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6993 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6994 local frames between bridge ports.
6995
6996 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
6997 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
6998 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
6999
7000 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
7001 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
7002
7003 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
7004 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
7005 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
7006 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
7007
7008 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
7009 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
7010 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
7011 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
7012 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
7013 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
7014 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
7015 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
7016
7017 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
7018 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
7019 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
7020 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
7021 command.)
7022
7023 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
7024 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
7025 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
7026
7027 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
7028 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
7029 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
7030 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
7031
7032 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
7033 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
7034 configured, except for the credentials applied by
7035 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
7036 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
7037 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
7038 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
7039 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
7040 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
7041 on systems where this is not supported.
7042
7043 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
7044 sockets.
7045
7046 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
7047 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
7048 during runtime.
7049
7050 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
7051 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
7052 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
7053
7054 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
7055 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
7056 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
7057
7058 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
7059 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
7060 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
7061 Following this logic, two new special targets
7062 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
7063 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
7064 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
7065
7066 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
7067 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
7068 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
7069 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
7070
7071 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
7072 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
7073 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
7074 --wait".
7075
7076 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
7077 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
7078 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
7079 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
7080 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
7081 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
7082 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
7083 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
7084 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
7085
7086 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
7087 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
7088 containing information about the consumed resources of this
7089 invocation.
7090
7091 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
7092 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
7093 processes.
7094
7095 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
7096 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
7097 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
7098 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
7099 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
7100 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
7101 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
7102 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
7103 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
7104 systems for all five operations.
7105
7106 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
7107 the system.
7108
7109 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
7110 than UTC or the local timezone.
7111
7112 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
7113 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
7114 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
7115 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
7116 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
7117 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
7118 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
7119 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
7120
7121 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
7122 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
7123 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
7124 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
7125 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
7126 again.
7127
7128 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
7129 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
7130 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
7131
7132 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
7133 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
7134 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
7135 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
7136 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
7137 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
7138 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7139 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
7140 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
7141 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
7142 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
7143 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
7144 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
7145 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
7146 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
7147 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
7148 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
7149 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
7150 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
7151 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7152
7153 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
7154
7155 CHANGES WITH 234:
7156
7157 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
7158 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7159 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
7160 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
7161 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
7162 summary:
7163
7164 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
7165
7166 becomes:
7167
7168 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
7169
7170 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
7171 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
7172 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
7173 .device units.
7174
7175 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7176 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7177 running a systemd user instance.
7178
7179 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7180 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7181 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7182 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7183 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7184 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7185
7186 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7187
7188 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7189 (domain search list).
7190
7191 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7192 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7193 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7194 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7195 implementation of RA.
7196
7197 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7198 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7199 ISO date values.
7200
7201 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7202 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7203 devices.
7204
7205 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7206 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7207 option.
7208
7209 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7210 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7211 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7212 default yet.
7213
7214 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7215 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7216 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7217 SHA256SUMS files.
7218
7219 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7220 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7221
7222 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7223
7224 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7225
7226 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7227 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7228
7229 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7230 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7231 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7232 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7233
7234 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7235 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7236 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7237 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7238 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7239 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7240 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7241 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7242 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7243 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7244
7245 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7246 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7247 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7248 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7249 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7250 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7251 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7252 after all the plugins exit.
7253
7254 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7255 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7256 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7257 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7258 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7259 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7260 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7261 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7262
7263 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7264 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7265 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7266 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7267 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7268 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7269 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7270 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7271 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7272 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7273 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7274 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7275 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7276 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7277 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7278 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7279 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7280 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7281 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7282 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7283 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7284 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7285 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7286 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7287 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7288 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7289 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7290 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7291 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7292 Георгиевски
7293
7294 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7295
7296 CHANGES WITH 233:
7297
7298 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7299 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7300 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7301 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7302 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7303 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7304 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7305 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7306 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7307
7308 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7309 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7310 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7311 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7312 default selected on the configure command line
7313 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7314 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7315 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7316 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7317 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7318 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7319 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7320 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7321 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7322 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7323
7324 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7325 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7326 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7327 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7328 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7329 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7330 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7331 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7332 further details about this.)
7333
7334 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7335 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7336 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7337
7338 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7339 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7340
7341 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7342 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7343 with 'make install-tests'.
7344
7345 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7346 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7347 kernel.
7348
7349 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7350 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7351 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7352 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7353 by the Slice= option.
7354
7355 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7356 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7357 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7358 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7359
7360 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7361 following choices:
7362
7363 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7364 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7365 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7366 (h)elp
7367 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7368 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7369 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7370 (y)es, execute the command
7371
7372 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7373 because its meaning was confusing.
7374
7375 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7376 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7377
7378 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7379 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7380 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7381
7382 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7383 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7384 state directly, without executing these commands.
7385
7386 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7387 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7388 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7389
7390 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7391 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7392 combination with After=) have been started.
7393
7394 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7395 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7396 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7397
7398 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7399 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7400 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7401 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7402 configuration related calls.
7403
7404 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7405 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7406 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7407 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7408 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7409 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7410 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7411
7412 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7413 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7414
7415 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7416 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7417 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7418
7419 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7420 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7421
7422 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7423 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7424 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7425 for compatibility.
7426
7427 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7428 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7429
7430 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7431 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7432
7433 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7434 support for negative matching.
7435
7436 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7437
7438 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7439 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7440
7441 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7442 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7443 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7444 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7445 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7446 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7447 removed from the drive.
7448
7449 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7450 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7451
7452 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7453 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7454
7455 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7456 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7457 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7458
7459 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7460 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7461 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7462 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7463 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7464 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7465 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7466
7467 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7468 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7469 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7470 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7471 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7472 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7473
7474 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7475 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7476
7477 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7478 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7479 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7480 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7481 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7482 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7483 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7484 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7485
7486 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7487 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7488 including all control processes.
7489
7490 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7491 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7492 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7493
7494 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7495 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7496 prefixing the source path with "+".
7497
7498 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7499 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7500 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7501 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7502 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7503 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7504 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7505 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7506
7507 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7508 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7509 before).
7510
7511 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7512 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7513 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7514 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7515 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7516 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7517 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7518
7519 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7520 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7521 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7522 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7523 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7524 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7525 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7526 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7527 versions.
7528
7529 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7530 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7531 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7532 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7533 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7534 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7535 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7536 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7537 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
7538 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
7539 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
7540 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
7541 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
7542 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
7543 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
7544 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
7545 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
7546 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
7547 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
7548 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
7549 a Verity-enabled root partition.
7550
7551 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
7552 accelerometer quirks.
7553
7554 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
7555 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
7556 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
7557 ID of each service.
7558
7559 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
7560 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
7561 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
7562 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
7563 view.
7564
7565 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
7566 environment variables:
7567
7568 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
7569
7570 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
7571 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
7572 address.
7573
7574 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
7575 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
7576 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
7577
7578 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
7579 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
7580 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
7581 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
7582 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
7583 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
7584 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
7585 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
7586 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
7587 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
7588 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
7589 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
7590 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
7591
7592 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
7593 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
7594 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
7595
7596 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
7597 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
7598
7599 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
7600 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
7601 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
7602 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
7603 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
7604
7605 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
7606 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
7607 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
7608
7609 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
7610 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
7611
7612 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
7613 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
7614 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
7615 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
7616
7617 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
7618 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
7619 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
7620 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
7621 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
7622 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
7623 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
7624 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
7625 possibly even including full integrity data.
7626
7627 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
7628 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
7629 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
7630 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
7631 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
7632
7633 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
7634 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
7635 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
7636 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
7637 directly with systemd-nspawn.
7638
7639 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
7640 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
7641 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
7642 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
7643
7644 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
7645 of coredumps in reverse order.
7646
7647 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
7648 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
7649 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
7650 additional informational message in its output.
7651
7652 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
7653 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
7654 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
7655
7656 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
7657 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
7658 scripting languages such as Python.
7659
7660 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
7661 namespacing is enabled for them.
7662
7663 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
7664 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
7665 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
7666 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
7667 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
7668 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
7669
7670 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
7671 root key (KSK).
7672
7673 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
7674 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
7675 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
7676
7677 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
7678 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
7679 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
7680 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
7681 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
7682 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
7683 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
7684 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
7685 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
7686 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
7687 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
7688 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
7689 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
7690 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
7691 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
7692 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
7693 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
7694 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
7695 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
7696 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
7697 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
7698 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
7699 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
7700 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
7701 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
7702 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
7703 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
7704 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
7705 Тихонов
7706
7707 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
7708
7709 CHANGES WITH 232:
7710
7711 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
7712 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
7713 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
7714 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
7715 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
7716 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
7717
7718 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
7719 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7720
7721 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
7722 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
7723 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
7724
7725 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
7726 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
7727 to be remounted read-only for a service.
7728
7729 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
7730 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
7731 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
7732 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
7733
7734 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
7735 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
7736
7737 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
7738 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
7739 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
7740
7741 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
7742 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
7743 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
7744 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
7745 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
7746 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
7747 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
7748 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
7749 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
7750 permanent modifications to the system.
7751
7752 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
7753 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
7754 container or chroot environments.
7755
7756 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
7757 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
7758 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
7759 mapped to nobody.
7760
7761 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
7762 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
7763 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
7764 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
7765
7766 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
7767 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
7768
7769 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
7770 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
7771 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
7772 and the support is provisional.
7773
7774 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7775 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7776 unit files in the file system).
7777
7778 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7779 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7780 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7781 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7782 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7783 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7784 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7785 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7786 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7787 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7788 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7789 state is fixed automatically.
7790
7791 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7792 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7793 option.
7794
7795 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7796 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7797 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7798 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7799 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7800 else.
7801
7802 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7803 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7804 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7805 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7806 bootable on physical systems.
7807
7808 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7809
7810 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7811 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7812 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7813 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7814 used.
7815
7816 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7817 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7818 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7819 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7820
7821 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7822
7823 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7824 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7825 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7826 of the container).
7827
7828 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7829 files from the specified location.
7830
7831 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7832 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7833 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7834 be active.
7835
7836 * The hardware database has been extended to support
7837 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7838 trackball devices.
7839
7840 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7841 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7842 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7843
7844 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7845 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7846 specified service binary exited.)
7847
7848 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7849 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7850
7851 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7852 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7853 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7854 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7855 --since= and --until= options.
7856
7857 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7858 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7859 are automatically propagated to the container.
7860
7861 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7862 from a single IP address can be limited with
7863 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7864 MaxConnections=.
7865
7866 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7867 configuration.
7868
7869 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7870 drop-ins.
7871
7872 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7873 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7874 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7875 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7876 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7877 [Link] section of .link files.
7878
7879 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7880 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7881 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7882 section of .netdev files.
7883
7884 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7885 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7886 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7887
7888 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7889 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7890 .network files.
7891
7892 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7893 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7894 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7895 service runtime cycle.
7896
7897 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7898 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7899 has been traditionally doing.
7900
7901 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7902 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7903 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7904 prevent any later plugins from running.
7905
7906 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7907 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7908 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7909 default of SplitMode=uid.
7910
7911 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7912 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7913 useful.
7914
7915 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7916 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7917 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7918 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7919 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7920 individual namespaces.
7921
7922 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7923 the output, as well as OS release information.
7924
7925 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7926
7927 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7928 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7929 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7930 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7931 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7932
7933 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7934 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7935 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7936 severed.
7937
7938 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7939 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7940 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7941 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7942 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7943 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7944 information about exit statuses and results.
7945
7946 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7947 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7948 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7949 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7950 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7951 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7952
7953 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7954
7955 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7956 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7957 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7958 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7959 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7960 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7961 entirely.
7962
7963 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7964 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7965 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7966
7967 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7968 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7969 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7970 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7971 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7972 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7973 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7974 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7975 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7976 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7977 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7978 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7979 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7980 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7981 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7982 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7983 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7984
7985 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7986 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7987 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7988 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7989
7990 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7991 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7992 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7993 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7994
7995 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
7996 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
7997 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
7998 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
7999 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
8000 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
8001 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
8002 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
8003 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
8004 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
8005 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
8006 fragment entirely.)
8007
8008 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
8009 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
8010 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
8011
8012 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
8013 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
8014 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
8015 FileDescriptorName= setting.
8016
8017 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
8018 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
8019 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
8020 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
8021 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
8022 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
8023
8024 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
8025 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
8026
8027 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
8028 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
8029
8030 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
8031 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
8032 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
8033 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
8034 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
8035
8036 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
8037 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
8038 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
8039 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8040 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
8041 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
8042 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
8043 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
8044 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
8045 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
8046 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
8047 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
8048 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
8049 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
8050 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8051 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
8052 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
8053 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
8054 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
8055 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
8056 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
8057 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
8058 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
8059 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
8060 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8061 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8062
8063 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
8064
8065 CHANGES WITH 231:
8066
8067 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
8068 with an additional special character as first argument of the
8069 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
8070 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
8071 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
8072 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
8073 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
8074 independently.
8075
8076 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
8077 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
8078
8079 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
8080 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
8081 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
8082 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
8083 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
8084 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
8085 values.
8086
8087 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
8088 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
8089 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
8090 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
8091 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
8092
8093 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
8094 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
8095 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
8096 7:10am every day.
8097
8098 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
8099 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
8100 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
8101 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
8102 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
8103 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
8104 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
8105 available for compatibility.
8106
8107 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
8108 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
8109 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
8110 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
8111 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
8112 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
8113
8114 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
8115 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
8116 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
8117 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
8118 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
8119 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
8120 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
8121 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
8122 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
8123
8124 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
8125 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
8126 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
8127 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
8128 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
8129 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
8130 desired options.
8131
8132 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
8133 cgroup v2.
8134
8135 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
8136 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
8137 limited to subgroups of that group.
8138
8139 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
8140 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
8141 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
8142 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
8143 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
8144 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
8145 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
8146 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
8147
8148 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
8149 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
8150 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
8151 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
8152 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
8153 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
8154 own long-running services.
8155
8156 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
8157 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
8158 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
8159 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
8160
8161 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
8162 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
8163 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
8164 propagates this notification further to the service manager
8165 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
8166 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
8167 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
8168 primitives.
8169
8170 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
8171 "terminate".
8172
8173 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
8174 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8175
8176 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8177 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8178 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8179 --flush-caches".
8180
8181 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8182 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8183 is shown.
8184
8185 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8186 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8187 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8188 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8189 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8190 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8191
8192 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8193 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8194 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8195 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8196 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8197 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8198 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8199 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8200 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8201 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8202 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8203 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8204 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8205 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8206 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8207 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8208 bus API instead.
8209
8210 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8211 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8212 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8213 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8214
8215 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8216 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8217 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8218 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8219
8220 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8221 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8222 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8223
8224 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8225 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8226
8227 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8228 interface configuration.
8229
8230 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8231 specifying the --force switch.
8232
8233 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8234 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8235 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8236
8237 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8238 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8239 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8240 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8241 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8242 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8243 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8244 to be handled.
8245
8246 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8247 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8248
8249 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8250 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8251
8252 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8253 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8254 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8255
8256 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8257 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8258
8259 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8260 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8261 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8262 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8263 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8264 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8265 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8266 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8267 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8268 library.
8269
8270 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8271 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8272 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8273 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8274 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8275 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8276 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8277 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8278 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8279 doc/HACKING for details.
8280
8281 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8282 distribution's bugtracker.
8283
8284 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8285 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8286 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8287 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8288 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8289 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8290 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8291 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8292 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8293 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8294 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8295 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8296 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8297 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8298 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8299 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8300 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8301 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8302 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8303
8304 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8305
8306 CHANGES WITH 230:
8307
8308 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8309 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8310 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8311 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8312 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8313 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8314 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8315 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8316 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8317 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8318 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8319 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8320 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8321 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8322 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8323 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8324 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8325 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8326 applications.)
8327
8328 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8329 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8330 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8331
8332 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8333 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8334 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8335 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8336 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8337 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8338 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8339
8340 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8341 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8342 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8343 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8344 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8345 command works for tmux.
8346
8347 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8348 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8349 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8350 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8351 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8352 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8353
8354 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8355 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8356
8357 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8358 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8359 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8360
8361 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8362
8363 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8364 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8365 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8366 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8367 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8368
8369 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8370 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8371 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8372 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8373
8374 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8375 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8376 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8377 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8378 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8379 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8380
8381 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8382 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8383 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8384
8385 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8386 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8387 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8388 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8389 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8390 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8391
8392 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8393 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8394 address.
8395
8396 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8397 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8398 should be emitted.
8399
8400 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8401 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8402 supported.
8403
8404 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8405 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8406 logging performance.
8407
8408 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8409 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8410 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8411 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8412 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8413 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8414
8415 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8416 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8417 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8418 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8419
8420 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8421 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8422
8423 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8424 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8425 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8426
8427 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8428
8429 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8430 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8431 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8432 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8433
8434 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8435 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8436 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8437 refuse to operate on such files.
8438
8439 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8440 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8441 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8442
8443 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8444 just hidden container images.
8445
8446 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8447 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8448
8449 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8450 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8451 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8452 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8453 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8454 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8455 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8456 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8457 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8458 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8459 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8460
8461 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8462 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8463 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8464 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8465 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8466 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8467 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8468 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8469 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8470 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8471 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8472 terminates.
8473
8474 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8475 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8476 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8477 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8478
8479 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8480 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8481 rate of the socket unit.
8482
8483 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8484 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8485 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8486 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8487 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8488
8489 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8490 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8491 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8492 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8493 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8494 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8495 with this.
8496
8497 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8498 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8499
8500 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8501 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8502
8503 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8504 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8505 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8506 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8507 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8508
8509 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8510 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8511 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8512
8513 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8514 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8515 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8516 target is now included in early userspace.
8517
8518 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8519 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8520 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8521 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8522 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8523 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8524 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8525 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8526 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8527 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8528 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8529 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8530 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8531 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8532 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8533 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8534 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8535 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8536 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8537 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8538 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
8539 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
8540 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
8541 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
8542 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8543 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8544
8545 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
8546
8547 CHANGES WITH 229:
8548
8549 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
8550 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
8551 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8552 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
8553 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
8554 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
8555 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
8556 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
8557 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
8558 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
8559 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
8560 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
8561 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
8562
8563 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
8564 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
8565 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
8566 /usr/bin.
8567
8568 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
8569 devices.
8570
8571 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
8572 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
8573 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
8574 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
8575 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
8576 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
8577 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
8578 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
8579 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
8580 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
8581 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
8582 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
8583 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
8584 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
8585 this limit.
8586
8587 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
8588 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
8589 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
8590 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
8591 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
8592 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
8593 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
8594 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
8595
8596 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
8597 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
8598 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
8599 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
8600 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
8601 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
8602 and group at package installation time.
8603
8604 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
8605 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
8606 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
8607 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
8608 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
8609
8610 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
8611 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
8612 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
8613 supports it.
8614
8615 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
8616 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
8617
8618 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
8619 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
8620 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
8621 file is already initialized.
8622
8623 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
8624 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
8625 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
8626 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
8627 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
8628 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
8629 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
8630 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
8631 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
8632
8633 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
8634 working directory for the process started in the container.
8635
8636 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
8637 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
8638 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
8639 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
8640 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
8641
8642 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8643 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
8644 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
8645
8646 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
8647 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
8648 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
8649 sd_journal_restart_fields().
8650
8651 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8652 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
8653 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
8654 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
8655 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
8656
8657 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8658 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
8659 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
8660 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
8661
8662 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
8663 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
8664 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
8665 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
8666 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
8667 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
8668 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
8669 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
8670 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
8671 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
8672 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
8673 by PID 1.
8674
8675 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
8676 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
8677 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
8678 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
8679 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
8680 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
8681 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
8682 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
8683
8684 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
8685
8686 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8687 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
8688 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
8689
8690 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
8691 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
8692 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
8693 recent kernels.
8694
8695 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
8696 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
8697
8698 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
8699 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
8700 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
8701 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
8702 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
8703 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
8704 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
8705 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
8706 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
8707 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8708 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
8709 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
8710 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
8711
8712 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8713 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
8714 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
8715 clusters or larger setups.
8716
8717 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
8718
8719 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
8720 sockets.
8721
8722 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
8723
8724 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
8725 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
8726 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
8727 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
8728 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
8729 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
8730
8731 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
8732 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
8733 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
8734
8735 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
8736 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
8737 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
8738 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
8739
8740 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
8741
8742 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
8743 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
8744 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
8745 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
8746 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
8747 maintain compatibility.
8748
8749 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
8750 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
8751 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
8752 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
8753 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
8754 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
8755 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
8756 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
8757 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
8758 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
8759 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
8760 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8761 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
8762 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
8763 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
8764 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
8765 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8766 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
8767 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8768
8769 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
8770
8771 CHANGES WITH 228:
8772
8773 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8774 files are now also available as properties to set when
8775 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8776 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8777 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8778 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8779 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8780 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8781 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8782
8783 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8784 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8785 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8786
8787 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8788 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8789 created transiently.
8790
8791 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8792 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8793 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8794 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8795 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8796 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8797 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8798 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8799
8800 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8801 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8802 disk and sync the files, before returning.
8803
8804 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8805 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8806 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8807 enabled.
8808
8809 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8810 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8811 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8812 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8813 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8814 subvolumes.
8815
8816 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8817 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8818
8819 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8820 individual indexes.
8821
8822 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8823 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8824 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8825 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8826 now.
8827
8828 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8829 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8830 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8831 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8832 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8833 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8834 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8835 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8836 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8837 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8838 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8839 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8840 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8841 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8842 number of processes or tasks each user may own
8843 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8844 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8845 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8846 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8847 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8848 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8849
8850 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8851 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8852 links between the host and the container.
8853
8854 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8855 added that allows importing select environment variables
8856 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8857 the service.
8858
8859 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8860 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8861 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8862 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8863 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8864 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8865 than until they first elapse.
8866
8867 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8868 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8869 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8870 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8871 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8872 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8873 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8874 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8875
8876 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8877 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8878 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8879 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8880 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8881 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8882 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8883 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8884 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8885 journal and in coredump handling.
8886
8887 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8888 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8889 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8890 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8891 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8892 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8893 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8894 software you package still references it, as this is a
8895 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8896 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8897
8898 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8899
8900 Note that only util-linux versions built with
8901 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8902
8903 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8904 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8905 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8906
8907 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8908 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8909 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8910 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8911 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8912 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8913 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8914 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8915 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8916 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8917 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8918 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8919 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8920 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8921 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8922 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8923
8924 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8925 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8926 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8927 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8928 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8929 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8930 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8931 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8932 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8933 surprises.
8934
8935 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8936 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8937 to the various user database fields of the user that the
8938 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8939 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8940 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8941 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8942 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8943 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8944 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8945 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8946 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8947 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8948 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8949 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8950 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8951 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8952 of PID 1 is the root user).
8953
8954 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8955 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8956 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8957 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8958 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8959 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8960 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8961 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8962 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8963 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8964 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8965 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8966 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8967 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8968 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8969
8970 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8971
8972 CHANGES WITH 227:
8973
8974 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8975 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8976 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8977
8978 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8979 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8980 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8981 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8982 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8983 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8984
8985 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
8986 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8987 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8988 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8989 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8990
8991 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8992 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8993 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8994 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8995 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
8996 packets on unestablished sockets.
8997
8998 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
8999 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
9000 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
9001 automatically.
9002
9003 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
9004 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
9005 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
9006
9007 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
9008 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
9009 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
9010 for disk IO.
9011
9012 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
9013 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
9014 removed.
9015
9016 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
9017 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
9018 directory is set to the home directory of the user
9019 configured in User=.
9020
9021 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
9022 directory of the selected user by default.
9023
9024 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
9025 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
9026 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
9027 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
9028 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
9029 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
9030 compat reasons.
9031
9032 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
9033 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
9034 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
9035 units.
9036
9037 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
9038 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
9039 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
9040 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
9041 level.
9042
9043 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
9044 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
9045 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
9046 namespaces work correctly.
9047
9048 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
9049 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
9050 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
9051 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
9052 activation.
9053
9054 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
9055 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
9056 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
9057 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
9058 system instance in a container.
9059
9060 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
9061 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
9062 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
9063 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
9064 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
9065 connections.
9066
9067 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
9068 show the control groups within a certain container only.
9069
9070 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
9071 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
9072 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
9073 processes attached, or similar.
9074
9075 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
9076 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
9077 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
9078
9079 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
9080 specifiers like %i or %f.
9081
9082 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
9083 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
9084 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
9085 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
9086
9087 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
9088 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
9089 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
9090 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
9091 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
9092 descriptors using sd_notify().
9093
9094 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
9095
9096 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
9097 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
9098
9099 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
9100 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
9101
9102 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
9103 .network files.
9104
9105 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
9106 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
9107 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
9108 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
9109 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
9110 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
9111 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
9112 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
9113 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
9114 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
9115 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
9116 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
9117 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
9118 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
9119 gdm-autologin is used.
9120
9121 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
9122 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
9123 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
9124 next to the image file.
9125
9126 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
9127 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
9128 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
9129 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
9130
9131 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
9132 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
9133 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
9134 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
9135 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
9136 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
9137
9138 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
9139 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
9140 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
9141 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
9142 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
9143 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
9144 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
9145 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
9146 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
9147 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
9148 number of files in place.
9149
9150 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
9151 on kernels where that is supported.
9152
9153 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
9154
9155 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
9156 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
9157 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
9158 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9159 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
9160 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
9161 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
9162 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
9163 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
9164 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
9165 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9166 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9167 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
9168 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
9169 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
9170 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9171 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
9172 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
9173
9174 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9175
9176 CHANGES WITH 226:
9177
9178 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9179 new features:
9180
9181 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9182 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9183 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9184 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9185 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9186 is any) is propagated.
9187
9188 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9189 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9190 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9191 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9192 information is enabled between host and containers by
9193 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9194 to what the host has set.
9195
9196 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9197 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9198
9199 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9200 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9201 information back, even if the server loses state.
9202
9203 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9204 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9205 PoolSize=.
9206
9207 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9208 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9209 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9210 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9211
9212 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9213 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9214 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9215 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9216 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9217
9218 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9219 for virtio devices.
9220
9221 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9222 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9223 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9224 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9225 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9226 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9227 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9228 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9229 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9230 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9231 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9232 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9233 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9234 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9235 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9236 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9237 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9238 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9239 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9240 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9241 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9242 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9243 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9244 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9245 grants them.
9246
9247 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9248 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9249 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9250 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9251 group tree.
9252
9253 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9254 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9255 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9256 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9257 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9258 work correctly in containers now.
9259
9260 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9261 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9262
9263 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9264 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9265 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9266 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9267 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9268
9269 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9270 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9271 signal events.
9272
9273 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9274 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9275 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9276 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9277
9278 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9279 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9280 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9281 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9282 nspawn command line.
9283
9284 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9285 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9286 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9287 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9288 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9289 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9290 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9291 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9292
9293 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9294
9295 CHANGES WITH 225:
9296
9297 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9298 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9299 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9300 shell directly without prompting for username or
9301 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9302 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9303 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9304 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9305 the originating session.
9306
9307 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9308 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9309
9310 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9311 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9312 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9313 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9314 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9315 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9316 probably not stabilize on this release.
9317
9318 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9319 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9320 messages.
9321
9322 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9323 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9324 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9325
9326 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9327 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9328
9329 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9330 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9331 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9332 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9333 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9334 posteriori.
9335
9336 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9337 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9338
9339 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9340 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9341 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9342 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9343 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9344 "lastlog" tools.
9345
9346 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9347 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9348 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9349 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9350 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9351
9352 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9353 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9354 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9355 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9356 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9357 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9358 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9359 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9360 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9361 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9362 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9363 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9364
9365 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9366
9367 CHANGES WITH 224:
9368
9369 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9370 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9371
9372 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9373 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9374 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9375
9376 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9377 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9378 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9379
9380 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9381
9382 CHANGES WITH 223:
9383
9384 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9385 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9386 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9387 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9388
9389 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9390 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9391
9392 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9393 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9394
9395 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9396
9397 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9398 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9399 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9400
9401 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9402 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9403 decapsulated packet.
9404
9405 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9406 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9407 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9408 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9409 netlink attribute.
9410
9411 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9412 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9413 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9414 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9415
9416 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9417 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9418 according to RFC2460.
9419
9420 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9421 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9422
9423 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9424 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9425 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9426
9427 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9428 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9429 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9430 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9431 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9432 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9433
9434 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9435 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9436 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9437 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9438 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9439 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9440 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9441 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9442 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9443 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9444
9445 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9446
9447 CHANGES WITH 222:
9448
9449 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9450 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9451 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9452
9453 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9454 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9455
9456 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9457 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9458 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9459 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9460 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9461
9462 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9463 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9464 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9465
9466 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9467 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9468 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9469 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9470 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9471
9472 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9473
9474 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9475 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9476 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9477 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9478 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9479 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9480 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9481 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9482 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9483 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9484
9485 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9486
9487 CHANGES WITH 221:
9488
9489 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9490 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9491 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9492 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9493 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9494 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9495 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9496 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9497 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9498 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9499 portable to other kernels.
9500
9501 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9502 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9503 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9504 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9505 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9506 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9507 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9508 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9509 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9510 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9511 systemd enabled.
9512
9513 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9514 2.26.
9515
9516 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9517 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9518 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9519 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9520 in README for details.
9521
9522 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9523 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9524 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9525 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9526 unit.
9527
9528 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9529 into man pages.
9530
9531 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9532 external project.
9533
9534 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9535 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9536
9537 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
9538 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
9539 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
9540 state.
9541
9542 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
9543 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
9544 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
9545
9546 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
9547 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
9548 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
9549 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
9550 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
9551 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
9552 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
9553 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
9554 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
9555 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9556 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
9557 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
9558 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
9559 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9560 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
9561 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9562
9563 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
9564
9565 CHANGES WITH 220:
9566
9567 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
9568 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
9569 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
9570 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
9571 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
9572 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
9573 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
9574 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
9575
9576 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
9577 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
9578 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
9579 service consumed). This value is only available if
9580 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
9581 in the "systemctl status" output.
9582
9583 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
9584 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
9585 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
9586 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
9587 previously was already the default behaviour).
9588
9589 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
9590 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
9591 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
9592
9593 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
9594 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
9595 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
9596 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
9597
9598 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
9599 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
9600 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
9601 journaling file systems that support external journal
9602 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
9603 systems to be mounted.
9604
9605 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
9606 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
9607 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
9608 stable release this should not be problematic.
9609
9610 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
9611 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
9612 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
9613 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
9614 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
9615
9616 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
9617 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
9618 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
9619 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
9620 network switches.
9621
9622 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
9623 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
9624
9625 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
9626 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
9627 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
9628
9629 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
9630
9631 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
9632 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
9633 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
9634 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
9635 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
9636 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
9637 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
9638 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
9639 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
9640 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
9641 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
9642 been fixed in v220.
9643
9644 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
9645 systemd-networkd.
9646
9647 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
9648 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
9649 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
9650 containers started from the command line.
9651
9652 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
9653 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
9654
9655 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
9656 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
9657 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
9658 indirection via a pseudo tty.
9659
9660 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
9661 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
9662 when shutting down.
9663
9664 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
9665 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
9666 overlayfs support.
9667
9668 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
9669 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
9670 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
9671 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
9672 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
9673 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
9674 images are imported via systemd-importd.
9675
9676 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
9677 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
9678 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
9679
9680 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
9681 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
9682 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
9683 of v1 as before).
9684
9685 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
9686 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
9687
9688 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
9689 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
9690 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
9691 without further privileges or authorization.
9692
9693 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
9694 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
9695 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
9696 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
9697 accessible via a bus interface.
9698
9699 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
9700 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
9701 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
9702 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
9703 to cover this functionality.
9704
9705 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
9706 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
9707 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
9708 disabled/masked also stopped.
9709
9710 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
9711 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
9712 updated to support systemd-boot.
9713
9714 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
9715 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
9716 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
9717 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
9718 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
9719 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
9720 like this and can extract OS release information from them
9721 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
9722 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
9723
9724 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
9725 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
9726 system.
9727
9728 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
9729 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
9730 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
9731 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
9732
9733 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
9734 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
9735 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
9736 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
9737
9738 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
9739 stick devices has been added.
9740
9741 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
9742 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
9743
9744 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
9745 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
9746 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
9747 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
9748 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
9749
9750 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
9751 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
9752 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
9753
9754 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
9755 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
9756 Debian.
9757
9758 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
9759 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
9760 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
9761
9762 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
9763 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
9764 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
9765 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
9766 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
9767 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
9768 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
9769 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9770 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
9771 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
9772 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9773 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9774 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9775 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9776 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9777 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9778 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9779 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9780 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9781 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9782 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9783 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9784 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9785 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9786 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9787 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9788 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9789
9790 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9791
9792 CHANGES WITH 219:
9793
9794 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9795 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9796 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9797 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9798 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9799 interface with and update the database.
9800
9801 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9802 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9803 before bytewise copying is done.
9804
9805 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9806 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9807 directory, and immediately removed when the container
9808 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9809 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9810 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9811 for starting a container off the root file system of the
9812 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9813 available on btrfs file systems.
9814
9815 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9816 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9817 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9818 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9819 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9820 systems.
9821
9822 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9823 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9824 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9825 mount point remains.
9826
9827 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9828 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9829 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9830 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9831 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9832 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9833 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9834 are disabled.
9835
9836 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9837 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9838 container to the host or vice versa.
9839
9840 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9841 mount host directories into local containers. This is
9842 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9843
9844 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9845 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9846
9847 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9848 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9849 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9850 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9851 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9852 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9853 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9854 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9855 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9856 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9857 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9858 make the functionality of importd available to the
9859 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9860 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9861 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9862 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9863 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9864 only fully supported on btrfs.
9865
9866 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9867 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9868 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9869 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9870 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9871 information about images.
9872
9873 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9874 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9875 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9876 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9877 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9878 legacy file systems).
9879
9880 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9881 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9882 shown in networkctl output.
9883
9884 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9885 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9886 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9887 processes as system services while interactively
9888 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9889 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9890 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9891 full login session, the difference being that the former
9892 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9893 setup.
9894
9895 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9896 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9897 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9898 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9899 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9900
9901 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9902 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9903 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9904 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9905 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9906 via qemu/kvm.
9907
9908 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9909 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9910 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9911 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9912 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9913 disk images, too.
9914
9915 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9916 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9917 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9918 integrate with that.
9919
9920 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9921 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9922 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9923 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9924
9925 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9926 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9927 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9928
9929 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9930 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9931 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9932 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9933 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9934 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9935 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9936 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9937 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9938 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9939
9940 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9941 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9942 files.
9943
9944 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9945 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9946 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9947 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9948 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9949 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9950 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9951 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9952 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9953 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9954 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9955 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9956 explicitly turned on.
9957
9958 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9959 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9960 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9961 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9962
9963 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9964 supported.
9965
9966 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9967 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9968 user/session following the status output. Similar,
9969 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9970 associated with a virtual machine or container
9971 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9972 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9973 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9974 output however.)
9975
9976 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9977 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9978 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9979 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9980 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9981 caller's session/user.
9982
9983 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9984 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9985 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9986 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9987 user services.
9988
9989 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9990 same way as unit files.
9991
9992 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9993 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9994 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9995 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
9996 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
9997 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
9998 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
9999 the host.
10000
10001 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
10002 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
10003 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
10004 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
10005 the host as if their services were running directly on the
10006 host.
10007
10008 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
10009 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
10010 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
10011 updated to make use of it too by default.
10012
10013 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
10014 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
10015 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
10016 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
10017
10018 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
10019 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
10020 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
10021 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
10022 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
10023 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
10024 modification.
10025
10026 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
10027 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
10028 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
10029 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
10030 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
10031 information about Touchpad types.
10032
10033 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
10034 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
10035
10036 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
10037 Policy link field.
10038
10039 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
10040 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
10041
10042 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
10043 ACLs on files.
10044
10045 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
10046 tmpfs, automatically.
10047
10048 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
10049 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
10050 status" output, if available.
10051
10052 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
10053 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
10054 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
10055 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
10056 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
10057 run on next reboot.
10058
10059 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
10060 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
10061 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
10062 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
10063 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
10064 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
10065 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
10066
10067 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
10068 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
10069 after a configurable timeout.
10070
10071 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
10072 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
10073 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
10074 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
10075 it non-idle.
10076
10077 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
10078 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
10079
10080 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
10081 each .network interface in networkd.
10082
10083 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
10084 in .network files.
10085
10086 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
10087 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
10088
10089 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
10090 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
10091 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
10092 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
10093 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
10094 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
10095 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
10096 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
10097 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
10098 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
10099 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
10100 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10101 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
10102 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
10103 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
10104 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
10105 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
10106 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
10107 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
10108 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10109 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
10110 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
10111 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
10112 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10113
10114 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
10115
10116 CHANGES WITH 218:
10117
10118 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
10119 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
10120 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
10121 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
10122
10123 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
10124 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
10125 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
10126 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
10127 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
10128
10129 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
10130
10131 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
10132 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
10133 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
10134 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
10135 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
10136 modified configuration after editing.
10137
10138 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
10139 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
10140 system preset files.
10141
10142 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
10143 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
10144 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
10145 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
10146 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
10147 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
10148 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
10149 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
10150 other contexts.
10151
10152 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
10153 inhibitors.
10154
10155 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
10156 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
10157 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
10158 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
10159 managers.
10160
10161 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
10162 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
10163 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
10164 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
10165 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
10166 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
10167 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
10168 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
10169 parallel to journald.
10170
10171 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
10172 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
10173 available.
10174
10175 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10176 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10177 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10178 or are not older than the specified time.
10179
10180 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10181 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10182 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10183 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10184
10185 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10186 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10187 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10188 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10189 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10190 communication.
10191
10192 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10193 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10194 services.
10195
10196 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10197 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10198 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10199 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10200 the new "busctl tree" command.
10201
10202 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10203 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10204 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10205 friendly way.
10206
10207 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10208 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10209 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10210 race-ful way.
10211
10212 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10213 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10214 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10215 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10216 --link-journal=try-guest.
10217
10218 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10219 stable MAC addresses.
10220
10221 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10222 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10223 the respective unit shall use.
10224
10225 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10226 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10227 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10228 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10229
10230 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10231 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10232 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10233 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10234 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10235 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10236
10237 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10238 details see:
10239
10240 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10241
10242 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10243 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10244 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10245 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10246 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10247 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10248 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10249 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10250 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10251 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10252 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10253 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10254
10255 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10256 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10257 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10258 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10259 bluetooth, …) is used.
10260
10261 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10262 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10263 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10264 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10265 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10266 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10267 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10268 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10269
10270 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10271 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10272 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10273 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10274 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10275 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10276 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10277 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10278 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10279 interface.
10280
10281 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10282 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10283 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10284 luks.name= argument.
10285
10286 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10287 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10288 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10289 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10290 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10291 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10292
10293 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10294 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10295 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10296
10297 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10298 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10299 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10300 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10301 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10302 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10303 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10304 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10305 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10306 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10307 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10308 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10309 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10310 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10311 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10312 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10313 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10314 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10315
10316 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10317
10318 CHANGES WITH 217:
10319
10320 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10321 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10322 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10323 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10324
10325 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10326 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10327 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10328 now waits until the operation is complete.
10329
10330 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10331 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10332 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10333 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10334 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10335 connection.
10336
10337 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10338 commands anymore.
10339
10340 * User units are now loaded also from
10341 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10342 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10343 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10344
10345 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10346 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10347 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10348 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10349 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10350 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10351 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10352 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10353 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10354 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10355 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10356 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10357 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10358 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10359 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10360 question.
10361
10362 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10363 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10364 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10365
10366 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10367 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10368 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10369 command line to trigger resume.
10370
10371 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10372 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10373 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10374 Desktop=systemd-console.
10375
10376 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10377 systemd-networkd.
10378
10379 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10380 from the information provided by the networking stack
10381 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10382
10383 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10384 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10385
10386 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10387 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10388 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10389
10390 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10391
10392 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10393 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10394 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10395 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10396 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10397 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10398
10399 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10400 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10401 respected.
10402
10403 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10404 virtualization.
10405
10406 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10407 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10408 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10409 on.
10410
10411 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10412
10413 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10414
10415 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10416 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10417 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10418 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10419 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10420 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10421 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10422
10423 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10424 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10425 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10426 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10427 from the service's view entirely.
10428
10429 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10430 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10431
10432 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10433 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10434 session.
10435
10436 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10437 legacy-free systems.
10438
10439 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10440 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10441 easily.
10442
10443 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10444 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10445 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10446 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10447 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10448 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10449 option.
10450
10451 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10452 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10453 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10454 /usr.
10455
10456 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10457 services, not only the main process.
10458
10459 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10460 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10461 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10462 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10463 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10464
10465 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10466 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10467 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10468 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10469 directly from now on, again.
10470
10471 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10472 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10473 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10474 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10475 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10476 enabling and disabling.
10477
10478 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10479 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10480 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10481 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10482 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10483 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10484 unnecessary or unlikely.
10485
10486 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10487 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10488 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10489 "annually", "hourly", …).
10490
10491 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10492 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10493 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10494 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10495 overwritten at runtime.
10496
10497 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10498 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10499 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10500 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10501 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10502 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10503 segmentation fault.
10504
10505 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10506 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10507 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10508 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10509 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10510 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10511 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10512 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10513 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10514 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10515 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10516 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10517 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10518 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10519 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10520 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10521 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10522 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10523 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10524 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10525 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10526 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10527
10528 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10529
10530 CHANGES WITH 216:
10531
10532 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10533 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10534 implementations should add a
10535
10536 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10537
10538 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
10539 default functionality.
10540
10541 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
10542 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
10543 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
10544 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
10545 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
10546 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
10547 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
10548 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
10549 files might need to be owned by them. A new
10550 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
10551 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
10552 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
10553 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
10554
10555 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
10556 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
10557 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
10558 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
10559 added eventually, too.
10560
10561 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
10562 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
10563 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
10564 new command to update these fields.
10565
10566 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
10567 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
10568 have been discovered via DHCP.
10569
10570 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
10571 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
10572 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
10573 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
10574 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
10575 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
10576 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
10577 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
10578 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
10579 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
10580 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
10581 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
10582 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
10583 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
10584 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
10585 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
10586 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
10587 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
10588 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
10589 implementation to systemd-resolved.
10590
10591 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
10592 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
10593 containers to their respective IP addresses.
10594
10595 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
10596 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
10597 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
10598 and present it to the user in a very friendly
10599 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
10600 control utility for networkd.
10601
10602 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
10603 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
10604 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
10605 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
10606 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
10607 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
10608 (NoDelay=).
10609
10610 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
10611 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
10612
10613 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
10614 be started only after time-sync.target has been
10615 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
10616 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
10617 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
10618 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
10619
10620 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
10621 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
10622 of the link.
10623
10624 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
10625 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
10626
10627 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
10628 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
10629
10630 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
10631 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
10632 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
10633 for DHCP.
10634
10635 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
10636 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
10637 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
10638 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
10639 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
10640 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
10641 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
10642 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
10643
10644 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
10645 validation of unit files.
10646
10647 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
10648 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
10649 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
10650 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
10651 address may now be configured.
10652
10653 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
10654 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
10655 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
10656 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
10657
10658 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
10659 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
10660
10661 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
10662 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
10663 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
10664 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
10665
10666 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
10667 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
10668 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
10669 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
10670 implementation.
10671
10672 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
10673 journal data to a remote system running
10674 systemd-journal-remote.
10675
10676 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
10677 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
10678 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
10679 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
10680 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
10681 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
10682 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
10683 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
10684 version, you have to turn this option on again
10685 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
10686
10687 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
10688 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
10689 better than XZ which was the previous default.
10690
10691 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
10692 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
10693
10694 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
10695 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
10696
10697 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
10698 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
10699 "systemctl status" output for a service.
10700
10701 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
10702 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
10703 hostname, root password) interactively on first
10704 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
10705 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
10706
10707 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
10708
10709 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
10710
10711 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
10712 when primary addresses are removed.
10713
10714 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
10715 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
10716 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
10717 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
10718 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
10719 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
10720 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10721 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10722 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
10723 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
10724 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
10725 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
10726 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
10727 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
10728 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10729
10730 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
10731
10732 CHANGES WITH 215:
10733
10734 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
10735 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
10736 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
10737 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
10738 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
10739 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
10740 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
10741 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
10742 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
10743 require.
10744
10745 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
10746 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
10747
10748 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
10749 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
10750 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
10751 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
10752 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
10753 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
10754 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
10755
10756 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
10757 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
10758 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
10759 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
10760 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
10761 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
10762 update or reset should use this condition and order
10763 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
10764 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
10765 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
10766 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
10767 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
10768 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
10769 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
10770 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
10771 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
10772
10773 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10774
10775 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10776 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10777 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10778 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10779
10780 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10781 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10782 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10783 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10784 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10785 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10786 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10787 .network files using settings of this section should be
10788 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10789 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10790
10791 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10792 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10793
10794 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10795 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10796 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10797 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10798 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10799 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10800 of nspawn instances.
10801
10802 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10803 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10804 added.
10805
10806 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10807 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10808 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10809 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10810 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10811 configuration stored in /etc.
10812
10813 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10814 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10815 parsing of unknown mount options.
10816
10817 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10818 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10819 it already exist and not already be the correct
10820 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10821 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10822 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10823 pre-existing files of different types.
10824
10825 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10826 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10827 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10828 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10829 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10830 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10831 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10832
10833 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10834 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10835 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10836 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10837 shall be executed.
10838
10839 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10840 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10841 example whether it is fully up and running.
10842
10843 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10844 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10845 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10846 reset.
10847
10848 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10849 most basic services systemd ships by default.
10850
10851 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10852 field for defining the default instance to create if a
10853 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10854
10855 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10856 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10857 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10858
10859 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10860 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10861 access to this group.
10862
10863 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10864 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10865 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10866 to the journal.
10867
10868 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10869 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10870 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10871 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10872 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10873 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10874
10875 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10876 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10877 that makes sure to only show information about the most
10878 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10879 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10880 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10881 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10882 the old name to the new name.
10883
10884 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10885 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10886 coredumpctl without restrictions.
10887
10888 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10889 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10890 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10891 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10892 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10893 "systemd-debug-generator".
10894
10895 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10896 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10897 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10898 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10899 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10900 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10901 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10902 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10903 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10904 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10905 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10906
10907 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10908 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10909 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10910 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10911 been added to query many of these paths for the local
10912 machine and user.
10913
10914 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10915 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10916 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10917 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10918 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10919
10920 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10921 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10922 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10923 couple of drop-in directories.
10924
10925 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10926 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10927 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10928 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10929 for dev_port.
10930
10931 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10932 container (read from /etc/os-release and
10933 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10934 "machinectl status" for a machine.
10935
10936 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10937 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10938 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10939 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10940 Restart= setting.
10941
10942 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10943 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10944 directly connect to a specific container on the
10945 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10946 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10947 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10948 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10949 containers is a privileged operation.
10950
10951 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10952 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10953 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10954 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10955 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10956 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10957 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10958 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10959 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10960 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10961 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10962 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10963
10964 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10965
10966 CHANGES WITH 214:
10967
10968 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10969 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10970 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10971 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10972 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10973 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10974 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10975 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10976 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10977 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10978 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10979 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10980 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10981 devices are excluded from this logic.
10982
10983 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10984 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10985 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10986 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10987 change has been released.
10988
10989 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10990 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10991 libattr is thus unnecessary.
10992
10993 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10994 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10995 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
10996 with fewer privileges.
10997
10998 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
10999 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
11000 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
11001 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
11002
11003 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
11004 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
11005
11006 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
11007 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
11008
11009 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
11010 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
11011 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
11012
11013 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
11014 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
11015 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
11016 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
11017 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
11018 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
11019
11020 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
11021 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
11022 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
11023
11024 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
11025 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
11026 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
11027 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
11028 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
11029 modifications of user data or system files from
11030 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
11031 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
11032
11033 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
11034 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
11035 and FIFOs in the file system.
11036
11037 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
11038 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
11039 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
11040
11041 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
11042 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
11043 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
11044 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
11045 the socket itself.
11046
11047 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
11048 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
11049 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
11050 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
11051 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
11052 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
11053 symlinks, and nothing else.
11054
11055 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
11056 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
11057 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
11058 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
11059 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
11060 process (for example, the parent process). The
11061 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
11062 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
11063 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
11064 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
11065 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
11066 messages to services when the originating process already
11067 vanished.
11068
11069 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
11070 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
11071 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
11072 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
11073 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
11074 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
11075 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
11076 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
11077 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
11078 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
11079 all long-running services.
11080
11081 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
11082 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
11083 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
11084 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
11085 service.
11086
11087 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
11088 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
11089 applied to all submounts, too.
11090
11091 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
11092
11093 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
11094 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
11095 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
11096 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
11097 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
11098 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
11099 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
11100
11101 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
11102 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
11103 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
11104 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
11105 (domU) domains.
11106
11107 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
11108 files or entire directories.
11109
11110 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
11111 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
11112 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
11113 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
11114 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
11115
11116 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
11117 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
11118 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
11119 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
11120 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
11121 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
11122 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
11123 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
11124 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
11125 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
11126 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
11127 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
11128
11129 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
11130 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
11131 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
11132 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
11133
11134 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
11135 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
11136 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
11137 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
11138 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
11139 non-directories.
11140
11141 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
11142 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
11143 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
11144
11145 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
11146 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
11147 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
11148 this group.
11149
11150 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
11151 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
11152 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
11153 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
11154 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11155 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
11156 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11157
11158 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
11159
11160 CHANGES WITH 213:
11161
11162 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
11163 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
11164 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
11165 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
11166 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
11167 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
11168 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
11169 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
11170 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
11171 client should be more than appropriate for most
11172 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
11173 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
11174 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11175 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11176 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11177 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11178 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11179 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11180 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11181 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11182 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11183
11184 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11185 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11186 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11187 part of a different namespace.
11188
11189 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11190 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11191 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11192 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11193
11194 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11195 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11196 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11197
11198 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11199 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11200 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11201 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11202 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11203 restart the service in question.
11204
11205 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11206 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11207 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11208 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11209 details when running non-locally.
11210
11211 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11212 graphs it generates.
11213
11214 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11215 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11216 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11217 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11218 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11219
11220 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11221
11222 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11223 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11224 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11225 what it was on SysV systems.
11226
11227 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11228 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11229
11230 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11231 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11232 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11233
11234 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11235 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11236 to show these addresses in its output.
11237
11238 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11239 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11240 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11241 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11242 preferred over a text one.
11243
11244 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11245 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11246 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11247 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11248 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11249 mDNS cache.
11250
11251 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11252 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11253 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11254 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11255 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11256
11257 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11258 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11259 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11260 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11261 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11262
11263 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11264 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11265 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11266 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11267 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11268 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11269 overrides any other settings.
11270
11271 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11272 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11273 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11274 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11275 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11276 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11277 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11278 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11279 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11280 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11281 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11282 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11283 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11284 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11285 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11286 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11287 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11288
11289 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11290
11291 CHANGES WITH 212:
11292
11293 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11294 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11295 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11296 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11297 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11298 by accident.
11299
11300 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11301 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11302 registered with machined.
11303
11304 * sd-login gained new calls
11305 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11306 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11307 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11308 counterparts.
11309
11310 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11311 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11312 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11313 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11314 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11315 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11316 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11317 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11318 once.
11319
11320 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11321 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11322 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11323
11324 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11325 units on all local containers, when used with the
11326 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11327 executed when no parameters are specified).
11328
11329 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11330 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11331 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11332 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11333
11334 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11335 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11336 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11337 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11338 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11339 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11340
11341 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11342 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11343 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11344 of the container.
11345
11346 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11347 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11348 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11349 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11350 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11351 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11352 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11353 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11354
11355 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11356 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11357 instead of /.
11358
11359 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11360 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11361 emergency messages now.
11362
11363 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11364 journal log messages across the network.
11365
11366 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11367 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11368 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11369 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11370 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11371 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11372 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11373
11374 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11375 down a local OS container.
11376
11377 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11378 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11379 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11380
11381 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11382 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11383 this is appropriate.
11384
11385 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11386 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11387 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11388
11389 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11390 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11391 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11392 for debugging purposes.
11393
11394 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11395 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11396 in seconds.
11397
11398 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11399 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11400 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11401 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11402 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11403 like on traditional inetd.
11404
11405 * A new system.conf configuration option
11406 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11407 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11408
11409 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11410 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11411 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11412 do these days).
11413
11414 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11415 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11416 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11417 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11418 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11419 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11420
11421 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11422 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11423 it will be triggered.
11424
11425 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11426 addresses to its local interfaces.
11427
11428 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11429 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11430 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11431 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11432 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11433 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11434 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11435 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11436 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11437
11438 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11439
11440 CHANGES WITH 211:
11441
11442 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11443 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11444 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11445 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11446 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11447 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11448
11449 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11450 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11451 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11452 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11453 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11454 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11455 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11456 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11457 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11458
11459 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11460 matching against device group names.
11461
11462 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11463 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11464 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11465 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11466 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11467 though.
11468
11469 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11470 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11471 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11472 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11473 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11474 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11475 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11476 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11477 systems prepared appropriately.
11478
11479 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11480 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11481 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11482 (see above). This means that installations made with
11483 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11484 deployed using container managers, completely
11485 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11486 this feature soon, too.)
11487
11488 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11489 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11490 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11491 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11492
11493 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11494 using IPv4LL.
11495
11496 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11497 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11498 systemd-networkd.
11499
11500 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11501 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11502 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11503 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11504 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11505
11506 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11507 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11508 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11509 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11510 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11511 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11512 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11513 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11514 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11515 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11516 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11517 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11518 users.
11519
11520 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11521 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11522 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11523 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11524 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11525 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11526 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11527 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11528 due to a closed lid.
11529
11530 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11531 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11532 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11533 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11534 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11535 order to then act as suspend blocker.
11536
11537 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
11538 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
11539 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
11540 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
11541 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
11542
11543 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
11544 now also work in --scope mode.
11545
11546 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
11547 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
11548 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
11549 promises are made.)
11550
11551 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
11552 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11553 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
11554 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11555 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
11556 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
11557 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
11558 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
11559 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
11560 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11561
11562 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
11563
11564 CHANGES WITH 210:
11565
11566 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
11567 according to SMACK rules.
11568
11569 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
11570 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
11571
11572 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
11573 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
11574 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
11575
11576 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
11577 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
11578 and machine ID.
11579
11580 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
11581 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
11582 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
11583 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
11584 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
11585 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
11586 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
11587 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
11588 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
11589 backpack or similar.
11590
11591 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
11592 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
11593 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
11594 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
11595 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
11596 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
11597 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
11598 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
11599 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
11600 this on its own.
11601
11602 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
11603 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
11604 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
11605 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
11606
11607 * We will now ship a default .network file for
11608 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
11609 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
11610 --network-bridge= switches.
11611
11612 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
11613 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
11614 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
11615 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
11616 metrics, according to what is customary according to
11617 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
11618 each configuration option.
11619
11620 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
11621 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
11622 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
11623 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
11624 at once.
11625
11626 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
11627 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
11628 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
11629 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
11630 triggered by other work being done in the program.
11631
11632 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
11633 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
11634 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
11635 default however.
11636
11637 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
11638 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
11639 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
11640 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
11641 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
11642 them with systemd-networkd.
11643
11644 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
11645 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
11646 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
11647 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
11648 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
11649 is drastically increased, but given that these are
11650 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
11651 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
11652 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
11653 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
11654 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
11655 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
11656 during a transitional period!
11657
11658 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
11659 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
11660
11661 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
11662 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11663 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
11664 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
11665 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11666 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11667 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11668 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11669
11670 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
11671
11672 CHANGES WITH 209:
11673
11674 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
11675 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
11676 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
11677 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
11678 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
11679 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
11680 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
11681 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
11682 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
11683 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
11684 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
11685 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
11686
11687 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
11688 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
11689 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
11690 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
11691 machines and the like.
11692
11693 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
11694 shutdown/boot.
11695
11696 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
11697 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
11698
11699 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
11700 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
11701 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
11702 prepared for additional security frameworks.
11703
11704 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
11705 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
11706 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
11707 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
11708 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
11709 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
11710
11711 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
11712 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
11713 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
11714 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
11715 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
11716 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
11717 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
11718 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
11719 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
11720
11721 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
11722 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
11723
11724 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
11725 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
11726 implementation.
11727
11728 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
11729 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
11730 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
11731 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
11732 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
11733 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
11734 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
11735 and .service units.
11736
11737 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
11738 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
11739 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
11740
11741 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
11742 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
11743 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
11744 nothing makes use of it.
11745
11746 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
11747 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
11748 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
11749
11750 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
11751 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
11752 compatibility purposes.
11753
11754 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
11755 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
11756 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
11757 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
11758 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
11759 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
11760 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
11761 process handling.
11762
11763 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
11764 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
11765 style to "sd-bus.h".
11766
11767 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
11768 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
11769 "systemd-networkd".
11770
11771 * There is a new kernel command line option
11772 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
11773 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11774 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11775 are not restored.
11776
11777 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11778 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11779 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11780 PID1's support for that anymore.
11781
11782 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11783 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11784
11785 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11786 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11787 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11788 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11789 container that is registered with machined, such as those
11790 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11791
11792 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11793 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11794 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11795 onto remote systems.
11796
11797 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11798 login in any local container. This works with any container
11799 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11800 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11801
11802 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11803 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11804 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11805 system of some kind.
11806
11807 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11808 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11809 next.
11810
11811 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11812 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11813 reboot() system call.
11814
11815 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11816 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11817 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11818 still available but not advertised anymore.
11819
11820 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11821 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11822 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11823 within each Unit.
11824
11825 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11826 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11827 the kernel).
11828
11829 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11830 timestamps (following the setting in
11831 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11832
11833 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11834 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11835
11836 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11837 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11838
11839 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11840 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11841 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11842
11843 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11844 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11845 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11846 the full configuration is shown.
11847
11848 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11849 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11850 those commands which take multiple unit names.
11851
11852 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11853
11854 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11855 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11856
11857 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11858 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11859 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11860 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11861
11862 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11863 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11864 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11865 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11866
11867 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11868 of the legend text.
11869
11870 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11871 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11872 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11873 remote sessions.
11874
11875 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11876 information of SDIO devices.
11877
11878 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11879 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11880 the system manager.
11881
11882 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11883 short description of the connection parameters in the
11884 description.
11885
11886 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11887 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11888 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11889 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11890 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11891 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11892 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11893
11894 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11895 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11896 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11897 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11898 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11899 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11900 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11901 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11902 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11903
11904 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11905 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11906 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11907 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11908 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11909 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11910 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11911 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11912 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11913 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11914 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11915 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11916 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11917 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11918 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11919 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11920 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11921 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11922 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11923 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11924 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11925 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11926 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11927
11928 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11929 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11930 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11931 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11932 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11933 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11934 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11935 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11936 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11937 that you are aware of the instability of the current
11938 APIs.
11939
11940 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11941 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11942 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11943 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11944 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11945 declare the APIs stable.
11946
11947 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11948 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11949 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11950 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11951 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11952 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11953 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11954 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11955 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11956 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11957 one of them is updated.
11958
11959 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11960 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11961 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11962 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11963 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11964
11965 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11966 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11967 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11968 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11969 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11970 entry points.
11971
11972 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11973 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11974 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11975 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11976 been disabled at compile-time.
11977
11978 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11979 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11980 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11981 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11982
11983 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11984 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11985 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11986
11987 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11988 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11989 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11990
11991 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11992 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11993 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11994
11995 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
11996 remains until jobs expire.
11997
11998 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
11999 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
12000 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
12001 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
12002 all remaining processes of the service.
12003
12004 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
12005 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
12006 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
12007 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
12008 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
12009 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
12010 manager process which created them takes no further
12011 responsibilities for it.
12012
12013 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
12014 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
12015 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
12016 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
12017 marked executable or world-writable.
12018
12019 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
12020 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
12021 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
12022 "--setenv=" for consistency.
12023
12024 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
12025 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
12026 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
12027 independent of the host.
12028
12029 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
12030 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
12031 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
12032 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
12033
12034 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
12035 with specific SELinux labels set.
12036
12037 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
12038 any additional output but the container's own console
12039 output.
12040
12041 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
12042 container without PID namespacing enabled.
12043
12044 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
12045 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
12046 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
12047 OS images, but only specific apps.
12048
12049 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
12050 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
12051 results in registration of the unit service itself in
12052 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
12053
12054 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
12055 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
12056 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
12057 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
12058 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
12059 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
12060
12061 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
12062 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
12063 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
12064 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
12065 units to use.
12066
12067 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
12068 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
12069 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
12070 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
12071
12072 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
12073 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
12074 context for a service.
12075
12076 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
12077 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
12078 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
12079 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
12080 influence this logic.
12081
12082 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
12083 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
12084 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
12085 other things.
12086
12087 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
12088 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
12089 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
12090 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
12091 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
12092 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
12093 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
12094 architectures). There is also a global
12095 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
12096 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
12097
12098 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
12099 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
12100
12101 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
12102 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
12103 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12104 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
12105 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
12106 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
12107 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
12108 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
12109 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
12110 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
12111 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
12112 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12113 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12114 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
12115 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12116 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
12117 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
12118 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
12119 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
12120 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
12121 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12122 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
12123 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
12124 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12125
12126 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
12127
12128 CHANGES WITH 208:
12129
12130 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
12131 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
12132 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
12133 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
12134 access input and drm devices which are normally
12135 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
12136 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
12137 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
12138 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
12139 session switching without allowing background sessions to
12140 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
12141 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
12142 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
12143
12144 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
12145 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
12146 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
12147
12148 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
12149 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
12150 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
12151 kernel version number.
12152
12153 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
12154 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
12155 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
12156
12157 * This release removes high-level support for the
12158 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
12159 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
12160 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
12161 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
12162
12163 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
12164 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
12165 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
12166 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
12167 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
12168 cgroup system.
12169
12170 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
12171 messages containing the slice a message was generated
12172 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
12173 logs among other things.
12174
12175 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12176 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12177 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12178 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12179 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12180 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12181 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12182 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12183 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12184 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12185 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12186 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12187 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12188 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12189 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12190 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12191 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12192 not delayed until next reboot.
12193
12194 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12195 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12196 systemd generated files in one directory.
12197
12198 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12199 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12200 performance information if that's available to determine how
12201 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12202 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12203 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12204
12205 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12206 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12207 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12208 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12209 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12210 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12211 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12212
12213 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12214
12215 CHANGES WITH 207:
12216
12217 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12218 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12219 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12220 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12221
12222 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12223 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12224 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12225 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12226 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12227
12228 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12229 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12230
12231 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12232 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12233 maximum number of tries.
12234
12235 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12236 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12237 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12238
12239 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12240 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12241
12242 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12243 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12244 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12245
12246 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12247 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12248 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12249
12250 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12251 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12252 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12253 and type).
12254
12255 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12256 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12257
12258 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12259 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12260 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12261 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12262
12263 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12264 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12265 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12266 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12267 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12268 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12269 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12270 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12271
12272 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12273 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12274 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12275 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12276
12277 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12278 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12279 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12280 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12281 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12282 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12283 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12284
12285 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12286 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12287
12288 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12289 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12290 automatically after the process terminated.
12291
12292 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12293 certain paths from operation.
12294
12295 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12296 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12297 is received.
12298
12299 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12300 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12301 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12302 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12303 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12304 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12305 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12306 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12307 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12308 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12309 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12310 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12311 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12312
12313 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12314
12315 CHANGES WITH 206:
12316
12317 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12318 concepts introduced with 205.
12319
12320 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12321 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12322 -r".
12323
12324 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12325 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12326 --state= parameter.
12327
12328 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12329 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12330 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12331 the journal.
12332
12333 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12334 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12335 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12336
12337 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12338 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12339 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12340 browsing logs from that point on.
12341
12342 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12343 of an FSS key.
12344
12345 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12346 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12347 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12348 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12349 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12350 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12351 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12352 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12353 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12354 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12355 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12356 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12357 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12358 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12359
12360 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12361 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12362 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12363 backing module right-away.
12364
12365 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12366 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12367
12368 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12369 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12370
12371 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12372 set of processes in the message metadata.
12373
12374 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12375
12376 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12377 support for passing performance data via environment
12378 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12379 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12380 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12381 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12382 deserialize it again.
12383
12384 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12385 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12386 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12387 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12388
12389 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12390 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12391 completely silent shutdown when used.
12392
12393 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12394 option in .socket units.
12395
12396 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12397 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12398 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12399 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12400 system.slice as before.
12401
12402 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12403
12404 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12405 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12406 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12407 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12408 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12409 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12410 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12411
12412 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12413
12414 CHANGES WITH 205:
12415
12416 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12417
12418 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12419 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12420 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12421 possible for system services and applications to group their
12422 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12423 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12424 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12425
12426 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12427 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12428 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12429 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12430 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12431
12432 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12433 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12434 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12435 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12436
12437 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12438 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12439 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12440 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12441 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12442 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12443 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12444 and useful as a general batch manager.
12445
12446 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12447 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12448 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12449 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12450 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12451 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12452 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12453 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12454 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12455 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12456
12457 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12458 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12459 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12460 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12461 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12462 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12463 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12464 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12465 is compile-time optional.
12466
12467 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12468 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12469 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12470 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12471 well as slice units.
12472
12473 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12474 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12475 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12476 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12477 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12478 command that wraps this call.
12479
12480 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12481 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12482 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12483 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12484 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12485 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12486 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12487
12488 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12489 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12490 off audit.
12491
12492 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12493 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12494
12495 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12496 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12497 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12498 and system logs.
12499
12500 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12501 snippets extending unit files.
12502
12503 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12504 not available as public API.
12505
12506 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12507 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12508 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12509
12510 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12511 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12512 controls what to boot into by default.
12513
12514 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12515 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12516
12517 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12518 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12519 about the unit file loading.
12520
12521 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12522 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12523 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12524 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12525 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12526 racy due to journal file rotation.
12527
12528 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12529 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12530 all services.
12531
12532 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12533 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12534 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12535 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12536 system services want to log events about specific client
12537 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
12538 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
12539 unit is requested.
12540
12541 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
12542 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
12543 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
12544 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
12545 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
12546 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12547 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
12548 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
12549 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
12550 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
12551 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12552 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
12553 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
12554
12555 CHANGES WITH 204:
12556
12557 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
12558 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
12559
12560 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
12561 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
12562 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
12563
12564 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
12565 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12566
12567 CHANGES WITH 203:
12568
12569 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
12570 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
12571
12572 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
12573 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
12574 fields, including the root directory.
12575
12576 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
12577 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
12578 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
12579 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
12580 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
12581 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
12582 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
12583 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
12584 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
12585 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
12586 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
12587
12588 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
12589 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
12590
12591 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
12592 have taken an inhibitor lock.
12593
12594 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
12595 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
12596 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
12597 the local hostname.
12598
12599 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
12600 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
12601 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
12602 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
12603 VMs/containers coming and going.
12604
12605 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
12606 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
12607 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
12608
12609 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
12610 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
12611 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
12612 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
12613
12614 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
12615 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
12616 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
12617
12618 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
12619 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
12620 services. With the container's root directory in
12621 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
12622 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
12623
12624 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
12625 the processes within a certain container.
12626
12627 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
12628 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
12629 check though. Patches welcome!
12630
12631 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
12632 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
12633 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
12634 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
12635 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
12636
12637 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
12638 the passed argument if applicable.
12639
12640 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12641 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12642 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
12643 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12644 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
12645 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
12646 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12647 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12648
12649 CHANGES WITH 202:
12650
12651 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
12652 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
12653 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
12654 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
12655 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
12656 units activate.
12657
12658 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
12659 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
12660 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
12661 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
12662 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
12663 for now, and not installable.
12664
12665 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
12666 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
12667 can run in conjunction with udev.
12668
12669 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
12670 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
12671 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
12672 session manager.
12673
12674 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
12675 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
12676 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
12677 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
12678 services, user processes and containers/virtual
12679 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
12680 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
12681 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
12682 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
12683 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
12684 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
12685
12686 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
12687
12688 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
12689 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
12690 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
12691 logical expressions.
12692
12693 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
12694 switches.
12695
12696 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
12697 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
12698 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
12699 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
12700 the user.
12701
12702 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
12703 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
12704 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
12705 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
12706 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
12707 an entry.
12708
12709 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
12710 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12711 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
12712 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12713 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
12714 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12715
12716 CHANGES WITH 201:
12717
12718 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
12719 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
12720 directory.
12721
12722 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
12723 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
12724 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
12725 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
12726 problem.
12727
12728 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
12729 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
12730 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
12731 before the key file is attempted to be read.
12732
12733 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
12734 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
12735
12736 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
12737 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
12738 files in this context are files such as
12739 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
12740
12741 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
12742 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
12743 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
12744 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
12745 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
12746 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
12747
12748 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
12749 hostnames.
12750
12751 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
12752 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
12753 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
12754 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
12755 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
12756 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
12757 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
12758 all time-related output of systemd.
12759
12760 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
12761 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
12762 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
12763 loops.
12764
12765 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
12766 (models, layouts, variants, options).
12767
12768 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
12769 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
12770 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
12771 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
12772 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
12773
12774 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12775 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12776 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12777 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12778 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12779 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12780 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12781
12782 CHANGES WITH 200:
12783
12784 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12785 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12786 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12787 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12788 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12789 middle ground between physical and access time order.
12790
12791 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12792 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12793 images.
12794
12795 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12796 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12797 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12798
12799 CHANGES WITH 199:
12800
12801 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12802
12803 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12804 security policy.
12805
12806 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12807 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12808 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12809 shared by all processes of a service (which means
12810 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12811 the same service can still access). When a service is
12812 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12813 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12814 this though).
12815
12816 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12817 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12818 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12819 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12820 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12821 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12822
12823 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12824 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12825
12826 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12827 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12828
12829 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12830
12831 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12832 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12833 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12834 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12835 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12836
12837 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12838 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12839 system is to be mounted.
12840
12841 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12842 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12843 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12844 purpose for socket units.
12845
12846 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12847 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12848
12849 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12850 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12851 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12852 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12853 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12854
12855 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12856 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12857 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12858 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12859 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12860 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12861 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12862 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12863 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12864
12865 CHANGES WITH 198:
12866
12867 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12868 files without having to edit/override the unit files
12869 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12870 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12871 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12872 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12873 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12874 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12875 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12876 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12877 unit files locally: copying the files from
12878 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12879 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12880 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12881 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12882 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12883 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12884 for them too.
12885
12886 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12887 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12888 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12889 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12890 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12891 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12892 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12893 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12894 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12895
12896 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12897 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12898
12899 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12900 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12901 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12902 other users.
12903
12904 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12905 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12906 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12907 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12908 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12909 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12910 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12911 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12912 management logic is also available to other programs via the
12913 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12914 supported.
12915
12916 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12917 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12918 the foreground VT.
12919
12920 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12921 call.
12922
12923 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12924 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12925 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12926 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12927 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12928 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12929 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12930 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12931 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12932 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12933 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12934 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12935 also been removed.
12936
12937 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12938 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12939 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12940 objects themselves.
12941
12942 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12943
12944 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12945 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12946 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12947 to how this is supported in shells.
12948
12949 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12950 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12951 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12952 user systemd instance.
12953
12954 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12955 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12956 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12957 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12958 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12959 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12960 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12961 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12962 one day for good in the kernel.
12963
12964 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12965 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12966 container.
12967
12968 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12969 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12970 the host into the container.
12971
12972 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12973 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12974 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12975 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12976 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12977 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12978
12979 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
12980
12981 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12982 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12983 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12984 configured to be mounted there.
12985
12986 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12987 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12988 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12989 system resume events.
12990
12991 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12992 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12993 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12994 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12995
12996 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
12997 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
12998 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
12999 card).
13000
13001 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
13002 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
13003 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
13004
13005 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
13006 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
13007 later "change" event.
13008
13009 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
13010 now carry a message ID.
13011
13012 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
13013 continues to be work in progress.
13014
13015 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
13016 root directory to operate relative to.
13017
13018 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
13019 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
13020 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
13021 times a little.
13022
13023 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
13024 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
13025 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
13026 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
13027 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
13028 request boot into firmware operations.
13029
13030 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
13031 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
13032 correctly in initrds.
13033
13034 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
13035 compile time optional via a configure switch.
13036
13037 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
13038 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
13039
13040 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
13041 the status of all active or failed units.
13042
13043 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
13044 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
13045 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
13046 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
13047 requests more robust.
13048
13049 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
13050 reading journal files.
13051
13052 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
13053 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
13054
13055 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
13056
13057 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
13058 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
13059
13060 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
13061 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
13062 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
13063 socket activation in daemons.
13064
13065 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
13066 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
13067
13068 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
13069 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
13070 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
13071
13072 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
13073 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
13074 system units.
13075
13076 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
13077 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
13078 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
13079
13080 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
13081 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
13082 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
13083 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
13084 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
13085 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
13086 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
13087 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
13088 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
13089 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
13090 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
13091 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
13092 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
13093 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
13094 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
13095 package installation time.
13096
13097 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
13098 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
13099 scripts need to create these system user/group at
13100 installation time.
13101
13102 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
13103 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
13104
13105 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
13106
13107 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
13108 available.
13109
13110 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
13111 load SMACK policies at early boot.
13112
13113 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
13114 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
13115 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
13116 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
13117 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13118 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
13119 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
13120 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
13121 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
13122 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
13123 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
13124 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13125 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
13126 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
13127
13128 CHANGES WITH 197:
13129
13130 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
13131 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
13132 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
13133 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
13134 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
13135 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
13136 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
13137 the supported calendar time specification language see
13138 systemd.time(7).
13139
13140 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
13141 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
13142 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
13143 document for details:
13144
13145 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
13146
13147 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
13148 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
13149 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
13150 implementations around and minimal in its code and
13151 dependencies.
13152
13153 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
13154 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
13155 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
13156 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
13157 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
13158 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
13159 with a configure switch.
13160
13161 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
13162 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
13163 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
13164 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
13165 such as ext4.
13166
13167 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
13168 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
13169 identities are attached to the devices as well.
13170
13171 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
13172 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
13173
13174 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13175 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13176 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13177 using only core OS tools.
13178
13179 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13180 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13181 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13182 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13183 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13184 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13185 eventually.
13186
13187 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13188 presenting log data.
13189
13190 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13191 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13192
13193 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13194 system on idle.
13195
13196 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13197 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13198 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13199 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13200 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13201 information if possible.
13202
13203 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13204 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13205 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13206
13207 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13208 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13209 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13210 is running on battery power.
13211
13212 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13213 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13214 is in the "failed" state.
13215
13216 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13217 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13218 environment files at once.
13219
13220 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13221 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13222 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13223 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13224 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13225 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13226 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13227 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13228 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13229 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13230 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13231 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13232 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13233
13234 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13235 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13236
13237 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13238 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13239
13240 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13241 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13242 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13243 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13244 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13245 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13246 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13247 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13248 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13249 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13250 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13251 shipped from us upstream.
13252
13253 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13254 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13255 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13256 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13257 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13258 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13259 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13260 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13261 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13262 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13263 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13264 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13265 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13266
13267 CHANGES WITH 196:
13268
13269 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13270 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13271 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13272 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13273 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13274 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13275 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13276 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13277 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13278 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13279 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13280 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13281 data for all devices where this is available, by
13282 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13283 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13284 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13285 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13286 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13287 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13288
13289 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13290 indexed database to link up additional information with
13291 journal entries. For further details please check:
13292
13293 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13294
13295 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13296 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13297 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13298 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13299 macro for this purpose.
13300
13301 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13302 Python logging framework.
13303
13304 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13305 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13306 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13307 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13308 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13309 time intervals.
13310
13311 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13312 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13313 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13314
13315 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13316 right-away on the selected coredump.
13317
13318 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13319 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13320 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13321
13322 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13323 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13324 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13325 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13326
13327 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13328 default.
13329
13330 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13331 SMACK security label.
13332
13333 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13334 daylight saving change.
13335
13336 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13337 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13338 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13339 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13340 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13341 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13342 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13343
13344 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13345 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13346 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13347 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13348 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13349 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13350 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13351
13352 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13353 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13354
13355 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13356 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13357 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13358 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13359 offline updating tools.
13360
13361 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13362 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13363 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13364 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13365 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13366 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13367
13368 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13369 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13370
13371 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13372 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13373 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13374 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13375 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13376 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13377 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13378 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13379 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13380
13381 CHANGES WITH 195:
13382
13383 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13384 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13385 units via --unit=/-u.
13386
13387 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13388 right thing.
13389
13390 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13391 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13392 rotation.
13393
13394 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13395 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13396 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13397 completion of journalctl has been updated
13398 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13399 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13400
13401 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13402 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13403
13404 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13405 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13406 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13407 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13408 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13409 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13410 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13411 completion.
13412
13413 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13414 extract coredumps from the journal.
13415
13416 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13417 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13418 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13419 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13420 scratch their heads.
13421
13422 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13423 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13424
13425 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13426 in immediate termination of systemd.
13427
13428 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13429 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13430
13431 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13432 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13433 mouse screen support has been added.
13434
13435 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13436 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13437
13438 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13439 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13440 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13441 "systemctl reload".
13442
13443 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13444 -u" instead.
13445
13446 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13447 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13448 configured.
13449
13450 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13451 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13452
13453 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13454 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13455 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13456 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13457 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13458 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13459 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13460
13461 CHANGES WITH 194:
13462
13463 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13464 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13465 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13466 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13467 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13468 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13469 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13470 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13471 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13472 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13473 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13474 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13475
13476 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13477 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13478 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13479
13480 CHANGES WITH 193:
13481
13482 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13483 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13484
13485 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13486 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13487 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13488
13489 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13490 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13491 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13492 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13493 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13494 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13495 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13496
13497 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13498 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13499
13500 This will download the journal contents in a
13501 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13502
13503 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13504
13505 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13506 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13507 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13508 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13509 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13510
13511 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13512
13513 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13514 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13515
13516 CHANGES WITH 192:
13517
13518 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13519 too.
13520
13521 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13522 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13523 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13524 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13525 just start them.
13526
13527 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13528 and line break accordingly.
13529
13530 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13531 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13532
13533 CHANGES WITH 191:
13534
13535 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13536 container environment, copying the host's timezone
13537 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
13538 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
13539 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
13540
13541 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
13542 will default to 10 if omitted.
13543
13544 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
13545 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
13546 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
13547 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
13548 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
13549
13550 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
13551 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
13552 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
13553 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
13554 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
13555 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
13556 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
13557
13558 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
13559 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
13560 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
13561 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
13562 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
13563 into two.
13564
13565 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
13566 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
13567
13568 CHANGES WITH 190:
13569
13570 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
13571 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
13572 "systemctl status".
13573
13574 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
13575 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
13576 system to another place in the same file system could not be
13577 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
13578 field.)
13579
13580 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
13581 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
13582 default.
13583
13584 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
13585 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
13586 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
13587 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
13588 in a container.
13589
13590 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
13591 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
13592 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
13593 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
13594 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
13595 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
13596
13597 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
13598 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
13599 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
13600 no-op.
13601
13602 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
13603 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
13604 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
13605 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
13606 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
13607
13608 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
13609 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
13610
13611 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
13612 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
13613 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
13614 command.
13615
13616 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
13617 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
13618 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
13619
13620 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
13621
13622 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
13623 multiple files at once.
13624
13625 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
13626 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
13627 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
13628 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
13629 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
13630 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
13631 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
13632
13633 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
13634 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
13635 now support specifiers as well.
13636
13637 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
13638 dir: %_presetdir.
13639
13640 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
13641 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
13642
13643 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
13644 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
13645 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
13646 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
13647 anymore.
13648
13649 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
13650 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
13651 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
13652 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
13653
13654 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
13655 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
13656 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
13657
13658 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
13659 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
13660 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
13661 sockets.
13662
13663 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
13664 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
13665 is changed.
13666
13667 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
13668 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
13669 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
13670 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
13671 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
13672 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
13673 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
13674
13675 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
13676
13677 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
13678 the unit file label and client process label into account.
13679
13680 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
13681 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
13682
13683 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
13684 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
13685 (%b).
13686
13687 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
13688 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
13689 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13690 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13691 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
13692 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13693 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13694
13695 CHANGES WITH 189:
13696
13697 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
13698 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
13699
13700 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
13701 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
13702 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
13703 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
13704 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
13705 syslog daemons again.
13706
13707 * The libudev API gained the new
13708 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
13709
13710 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
13711 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
13712 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
13713 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
13714
13715 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
13716 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
13717 container.
13718
13719 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
13720 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
13721 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
13722 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
13723 this explaining it in more detail.
13724
13725 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
13726 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
13727 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
13728 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
13729
13730 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
13731 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
13732 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
13733 journal files.
13734
13735 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
13736 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
13737 as container init process a lot more fun.
13738
13739 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
13740 entries.
13741
13742 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
13743 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
13744 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
13745 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
13746 different sets of services.
13747
13748 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
13749 failure state.
13750
13751 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
13752 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
13753 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13754
13755 CHANGES WITH 188:
13756
13757 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
13758 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
13759 tree a lot more organized.
13760
13761 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
13762 may be used to group services in a natural way.
13763
13764 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
13765 services.
13766
13767 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
13768 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
13769 filtering by log level now.
13770
13771 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
13772 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
13773 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13774
13775 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13776 command lines involving service unit names.
13777
13778 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13779 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13780
13781 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13782 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13783 and encodes structured information about the error number.
13784
13785 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13786 option.
13787
13788 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13789 a shutdown is cancelled.
13790
13791 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13792 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13793 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13794 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13795 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13796
13797 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13798 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13799 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13800 for display managers instead.
13801
13802 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13803 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13804 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13805 protection, and suchlike.
13806
13807 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13808 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13809 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13810 the service.
13811
13812 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13813 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13814 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13815 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13816 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13817 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13818
13819 CHANGES WITH 187:
13820
13821 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13822 pages.
13823
13824 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13825 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13826 data loss.
13827
13828 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13829 option.
13830
13831 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13832
13833 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13834 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13835
13836 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13837 specific directory.
13838
13839 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13840 messages of two different boots.
13841
13842 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13843 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13844 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13845
13846 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13847 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13848 disjunctions.
13849
13850 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13851 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13852 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13853
13854 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13855 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13856 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13857
13858 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13859 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13860 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13861 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13862 speed things up a bit.
13863
13864 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13865 header data of journal files.
13866
13867 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13868 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13869 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13870
13871 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13872 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13873 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13874 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13875
13876 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13877
13878 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13879 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13880 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13881 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13882
13883 CHANGES WITH 186:
13884
13885 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13886 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13887 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13888 prefixed with rd.
13889
13890 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13891 automatically generated at boot. Use:
13892
13893 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13894
13895 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13896
13897 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13898
13899 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13900 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13901 as well.
13902
13903 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13904 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13905 in all appropriate directories automatically.
13906
13907 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13908 does the right thing. Example:
13909
13910 udevadm info /dev/sda
13911 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13912
13913 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13914 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13915 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13916 running.
13917
13918 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13919 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13920
13921 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13922 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13923
13924 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13925 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13926 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13927 files.
13928
13929 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13930 be stopped that is not loaded.
13931
13932 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13933
13934 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13935
13936 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13937 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13938 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13939 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13940
13941 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13942 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13943 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13944 completed initialization.
13945
13946 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13947
13948 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13949 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13950 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13951 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13952 distributions.
13953
13954 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13955 always valid when services log to the journal via
13956 STDOUT/STDERR.
13957
13958 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13959 command line options we understand.
13960
13961 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13962 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13963
13964 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13965 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13966
13967 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13968 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13969 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13970 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13971
13972 systemctl status /home
13973 systemctl status /dev/sda
13974
13975 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13976 system.conf parsing.
13977
13978 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13979 Manager object.
13980
13981 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13982
13983 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13984
13985 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13986 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13987 complete.
13988
13989 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13990 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13991 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13992 systemd-fsck@.service.
13993
13994 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13995 Manager object.
13996
13997 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
13998 work sensibly.
13999
14000 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
14001 we actually understand.
14002
14003 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
14004 additional capabilities to the container.
14005
14006 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
14007 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
14008 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
14009
14010 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
14011 the current boot only.
14012
14013 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
14014 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
14015
14016 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
14017 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
14018 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
14019 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
14020 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
14021
14022 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14023
14024 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
14025 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14026 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
14027 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
14028
14029 CHANGES WITH 185:
14030
14031 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
14032 available.
14033
14034 * Several new man pages have been added.
14035
14036 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
14037 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
14038 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
14039 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
14040
14041 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
14042 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
14043
14044 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
14045 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
14046 Matthias Clasen
14047
14048 CHANGES WITH 184:
14049
14050 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
14051 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
14052
14053 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
14054 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
14055 daemon.
14056
14057 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
14058 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
14059
14060 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
14061 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
14062 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
14063 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
14064
14065 CHANGES WITH 183:
14066
14067 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
14068 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
14069 and systemd's most recent version number.
14070
14071 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
14072 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
14073 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
14074 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
14075 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
14076 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
14077
14078 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
14079 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
14080 subsystems.
14081
14082 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
14083 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
14084 used to subscribe to events.
14085
14086 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
14087 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
14088 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
14089 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
14090 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
14091 forked by udev rules.
14092
14093 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
14094 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
14095 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
14096 it.
14097
14098 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
14099 udev_monitor_from_socket()
14100 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
14101 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
14102 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
14103
14104 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
14105 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
14106
14107 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
14108 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
14109 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
14110 the files to the new names on upgrade.
14111
14112 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
14113 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
14114 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
14115 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
14116 to be used as drop-in files.
14117
14118 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
14119 particular suspending and hibernating.
14120
14121 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
14122 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
14123 about this in more detail.
14124
14125 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
14126 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
14127 places). Distributions which have not converted these
14128 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
14129 from git history and add them downstream.
14130
14131 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
14132 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
14133 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
14134 units.
14135
14136 * All smaller setup units (such as
14137 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
14138 are run in a container and are skipped when
14139 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
14140 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
14141
14142 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
14143 integrated, for details see:
14144 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
14145
14146 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
14147 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
14148 messages.
14149
14150 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
14151 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
14152 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
14153 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
14154 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
14155
14156 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
14157 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
14158 for all units started by PID 1.
14159
14160 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
14161 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
14162 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
14163
14164 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
14165 of PID 1 anymore.
14166
14167 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
14168 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
14169 have not been read by systemd yet.
14170
14171 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
14172 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
14173 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
14174 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14175 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14176 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14177
14178 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14179 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14180
14181 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14182
14183 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14184 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14185 so sexy.
14186
14187 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14188 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14189 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14190 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14191 patterns.
14192
14193 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14194 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14195 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14196 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14197
14198 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14199 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14200
14201 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14202 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14203 in systemd now.
14204
14205 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14206 ID on the command line.
14207
14208 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14209 for an init system.
14210
14211 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14212 vt100.
14213
14214 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14215
14216 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14217 components now have directories of their own.
14218
14219 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14220
14221 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14222 container in other hierarchies.
14223
14224 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14225 system.conf.
14226
14227 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14228
14229 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14230 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14231
14232 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14233 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14234
14235 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14236 locally generated journal files.
14237
14238 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14239
14240 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14241
14242 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14243 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14244 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14245 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14246 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14247 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14248 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14249 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14250 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14251 Gundersen
14252
14253 CHANGES WITH 44:
14254
14255 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14256
14257 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14258 KVM or container configured UUID.
14259
14260 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14261
14262 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14263
14264 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14265 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14266
14267 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14268
14269 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14270 folks
14271
14272 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14273 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14274 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14275
14276 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14277 configuration
14278
14279 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14280 free fashion
14281
14282 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14283 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14284 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14285 automatically generated data.
14286
14287 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14288 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14289 however.
14290
14291 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14292 tarball.
14293
14294 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14295 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14296 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14297 Reding
14298
14299 CHANGES WITH 43:
14300
14301 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14302
14303 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14304
14305 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14306
14307 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14308 normal user logins.
14309
14310 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14311 Biebl
14312
14313 CHANGES WITH 42:
14314
14315 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14316
14317 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14318 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14319 xsltproc.
14320
14321 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14322 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14323 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14324
14325 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14326 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14327 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14328
14329 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14330
14331 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14332 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14333 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14334
14335 CHANGES WITH 41:
14336
14337 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14338 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14339 package update.
14340
14341 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14342 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14343 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14344
14345 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14346 complete.
14347
14348 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14349 understood to set system wide environment variables
14350 dynamically at boot.
14351
14352 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14353
14354 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14355 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14356 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14357 files.
14358
14359 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14360 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14361 William Douglas
14362
14363 CHANGES WITH 40:
14364
14365 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14366
14367 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14368 "Result" D-Bus property.
14369
14370 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14371 the next few releases.)
14372
14373 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14374 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14375 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14376 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14377
14378 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14379 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14380 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14381
14382 CHANGES WITH 39:
14383
14384 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14385 bugfixes.
14386
14387 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14388 resource usage.
14389
14390 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14391 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14392 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14393 journals by the respective users.
14394
14395 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14396 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14397 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14398
14399 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14400 client for all entries.
14401
14402 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14403
14404 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14405 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14406
14407 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14408 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14409 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14410 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14411
14412 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14413 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14414 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14415
14416 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14417 journal along with meta data.
14418
14419 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14420 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14421 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14422
14423 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14424 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14425 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14426
14427 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14428
14429 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14430 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14431 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14432 or fsck.
14433
14434 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14435 requested with new -k switch.
14436
14437 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14438 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14439
14440 CHANGES WITH 38:
14441
14442 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14443 bugfixes.
14444
14445 * The git repository moved to:
14446 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14447 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14448
14449 * First release with the journal
14450 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14451
14452 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14453 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14454
14455 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14456
14457 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14458
14459 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14460 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14461 remote mounts.
14462
14463 * Added Mageia support
14464
14465 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14466
14467 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14468 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14469 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14470 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14471 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14472
14473 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14474 of existing distributions.
14475
14476 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14477 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14478
14479 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14480 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14481 boot.
14482
14483 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14484
14485 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14486 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14487 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14488 among other things.
14489
14490 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14491 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14492
14493 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14494
14495 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14496 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14497 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14498
14499 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14500 restored.
14501
14502 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14503 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14504 kmod
14505
14506 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14507 of /usr/local by default.
14508
14509 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14510 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14511 in:
14512 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14513
14514 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14515 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14516 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14517 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14518 supported anyway, and bad style).
14519
14520 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14521 reloading of units together.
14522
14523 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14524 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14525 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14526 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14527 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek